Equipment forHigh Performance Vehicles

Edition 2022

Bosch Motorsport© Spacesuit Media

Contacts
EuropeNorth America

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Tel. +49 7062 911 9101
motorsport@bosch.de

Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsport
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Tel. +1 248 876 2977
BoschMotorsport@us.bosch.com

United Kingdom

Australia, New Zealand and South Africa

Robert Bosch Ltd
Motorsport
Units 5 & 6 NW03
MIRA Technology Park
Mira Drive
Nuneaton CV13 6DE
United Kingdom
motorsport@uk.bosch.com

Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
Motorsport
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 3 9541 3901
motor.sport@au.bosch.com

FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F - 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FranceTel. +33 1 40 10 77 14

Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
For more and latest information, please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2021
Modifications reserved.
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads is prohibited. Please use our products exclusively on
closed-course racetracks.

Control1

Displays

2Electronics

3

Fuel & Spark4

Actuators

5

Sensors

6

Brake

7

Software

8

More

9

Appendix10

Table of Contents | 7

Control

11

Test System

135

Engine Control Units Gasoline

12µLC Test System

135

Engine Control Unit MS 6 CUP EVO

13Expansion Board CAN-FD

137

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 EVO

18

Expansion Board Current Loop Interface

138

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 EVO

24

Expansion Board Digital Outputs

139

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 EVO

29Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 EVO

35

Fuel & Spark141

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P EVO

40

Fuel Pressure Regulators

142

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4

46

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

143

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

145

Engine Control Unit Diesel

49

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

148

Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport49

FPR Adaptor light

150

Vehicle Control Units

51

Fuel Pumps

151

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4P incl. CCA HW
Upgrade52

Fuel Pump FP 165

152

56

Fuel Pump FP 200-7

154

Displays

61

Fuel Pump FP 200-E

156

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

158

Displays

62

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

160

Display DDU 963

Display DDU 10

66

Electronics

Ignition Coils

162

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

163

71

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

165

CAN Keypad

72

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

167

CAN Keypad CK-M12

72

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

169

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

171
173

Collision Avoidance Systems

76

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light77

Ignition Coil P65

175

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO

80

Ignition Coil P65-T

177

Data Loggers

85

Data Logger C 70

86

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

90

USB_DATA

94

Injection Power Stages

96

Injection Power Stage HPI 5

97

Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C

98

Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C

100

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

180

Ignition Coil P65-WG

182

Ignition Coil P65-WS

184

Ignition Coil PS-T

186

Ignition Modules

188

Ignition Module IM 3.2

189

Ignition Module IM 4

191

Injection Valves

193

Injection Valve EV 14

194

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

199

Power Boxes

103

PowerBox PBX 90

104

PowerBox PBX 190

107

Actuators

201

Sensor Interfaces

111

Alternators

202

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

112

Alternator B0

203
205
209

116

Alternator B3 LIN

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

118

Alternator B5

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

121

Lambdatronic LT4

Telemetry System

124

RaceConnect

125

Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU

126

Telemetry Modem LTE65-JP

129

Telemetry Modem LTE65-US

132

Electronic Throttle Body

211

Electronic Throttle Body

211

Wiper Motor

214

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

214

8 | Table of Contents

Sensors

219

Vehicle Dynamics

302

Air Pressure

220

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

303

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

221

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

306

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

223

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

225

Brake

309

Antilock Braking Systems ABS

310

Fluid Pressure

227

ABS M5 Kit

311

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

228

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

313

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

230

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup

315

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

232

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

234

Electronic Brake System EBS

317

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R

236

Electronic Brake System EBS

317

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140/260/420/600 238

Software

321

Knock

240

Analysis322

Knock Sensor KS4-P

241

Analysis Tool WinDarab V7

322

APIs

324

COM-API for WinDarab Expert

325

Data Direct Access API

326

Knock Sensor KS4-R

243

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

245

Lambda247

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

248

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo251

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

254

Pressure & Temperature

257

System Configuration

327

RaceCon327

Customer Code Area

328

CCA Development Environment

328

Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT

258

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1/PST 3

260

Simulation

329

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4

262

Simulation Tool LapSim

329

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar

264

Simulation Packages

331

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar

266

More

333

Rotary Position

268

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

268

Breakout Boxes

334

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

335

270

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

336

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90

271

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

337

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di

273

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90

338

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-M

276

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

339

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

278

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P

280

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P

282

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P sealed

285

Speed

Steering Wheel Angle

287

Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS

287

Temperature

289

Communication Interface

340

Com Interface MSA-Box II

340

Connector Opening Tool

341

Connector Opening Tool for AS series

341

Connectors

342

Connectors

342

Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS

290

Wiring Harnesses

343

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS

292

Customized Wiring Harnesses

343

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS

294

Temperature Sensor NTC M12296

Appendix345

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H

298

General Information

346

300

General Information

346

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L

Table of Contents | 9

Vibration Profiles

347

Vibration Profile 1

347

Vibration Profile 2

348

Vibration Profile 3349

Vibration Profile 4

350

Shock Profile351

10 | Table of Contents

Control1

Engine Control Units Gasoline

12

Engine Control Unit Diesel

49

Vehicle Control Units51

12 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Overview

Engine Control Unit MS 6
CUP EVOEngine Control Unit MS 6.1
EVO

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
EVO

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
EVO• Delivery for OEM with project-specific program status• HP package for 4 cylinder engines• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 8 GB memory• SENT support• Optimized for low pressure
injection• Measurement with 21 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT support• Optimized for low pressure
injection• Measurement with 38 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT support• Optimized for low and highpressure injection• Measurement with 21 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT support

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
EVO

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P Engine Control Unit MS 7.4
EVO• Optimized for low and highpressure injection• Measurement with 38 analog
inputs• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade• SENT support• 866 MHz Dual Core Processor for projects with highperformance demand• Supports Customer CodeArea CCA• 4 GB memory plus 16 GB upgrade• SENT support• Optimized for low and highpressure injection• Data logger included• Gearbox control optionally included• Gigabit data interface

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 13

Engine Control Unit MS 6
CUP EVO• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 1 electronic throttle control
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger Partition 1• 4 GB memory• 100 free configurable channels, 20 Hz
Internal logger Partition 2• 4 GB memory• 200 free configurable channels, 50 Hz

Features Delivery for OEM with project-specific program
status

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s

 HP package for 4 cylinder engines

Logger Options

 Supports Customer Code Area CCA

Technical Specifications

 8 GB memory

Mechanical Data

 SENT support

Aluminum housing

The MS 6 CUP EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 4 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6 CUP EVO
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
Application
High pressure injection• Max. 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
Low pressure injection• Max. 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
Ignition• 4 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rlSee Upgrades

2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs26 analog inputs
4 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
5 x no integrated pull-up
3 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated pull-up
4 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
10 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 6-axis

1

14 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

12 x ECU temperature

Mating Connectors (not included)

2 x ECU voltage

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

4 function related inputs
1 x Thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensor (K-type)Norms

1 x Lambda interface for LSU 4.9 sensor type

Product Safety

2 x Knock sensors

EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020

18 digital inputs
1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement
2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection
4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed
2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed
measurement

Materials
REACH - Nr. 1907/2006
EMC
UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020
KN41
ISO11452-2
ISO11452-4

1 x digital switch Engine ON/OFF

ISO10605

8 x digital, e.g. SENT

ISO7637-2

Sensor supplies and screens4 x sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 x sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 x sensor grounds

ISO7367-3
ISO16750-2
US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B
ICES-003

2 x sensor screens

Testing

Outputs

SAEJ1211

15 function related outputs

Communication

High Pressure Injection
4 x controls, magnetic injectors
1 x high pressure pump with MSV control
Low Pressure Injection
4 x controls, high impedance injectors
Ignition
4 x controls, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier

2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT
1 RS232

1 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

1 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

3 Communication screens

13 freely configurable outputs

Installation Notes

2 x 8.5 A H-bridge
1 x 4 A pwm lowside switch
2 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
5 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
3 x 1 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

3 outputs signals
1 x engine rpm

Legal Restrictions

1 x flywheel

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

1 x trigger wheel
Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 15

UpgradesInnovation Package Project

Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device

Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per project version

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Extension for Partition 2• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control
Project individual option*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine
speed sensor, quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6 CUP EVO
Order number F02U.V03.111-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Software Options
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control
Order number on request
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories

Innovation License Device

USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per unit

Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

16 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 171

18 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1
EVO• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for electronic throttle control
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control

Optional, see Upgrades

VVT

Optional, see Upgrades

Turbo control

Optional, see Upgrades

Traction control

Optional, see Upgrades

Launch control

Optional, see Upgrades

LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz

Features Optimized for low pressure injection
 Measurement with 21 analog inputs
 Supports Customer Code Area CCA

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade

Aluminum housing SENT support

2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

The MS 6.1 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.1 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs21 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
3 x no integrated pull-up
3 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
4 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
5 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 6-axis
2 x ECU temperature
2 x ECU voltage

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 19

Norms

8 function related inputs
1 x Thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Product Safety

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020

1 x Lap trigger/beacon input
4 x Knock sensors

Materials
REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

18 digital inputs

EMC

1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement
2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection
4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020
KN41
ISO11452-2
ISO11452-4

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

ISO10605

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

ISO7367-3

8 x digital, e.g. SENTISO16750-2

Sensor supplies and screens

ISO7637-2

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B
ICES-003

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA
3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

Testing

7 x sensor grounds

SAEJ12112 x sensor screens

Communication

Outputs

2 Ethernet

28 function related outputs

3 CAN

Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A controls, high impedance injectors

1 LIN
1 USB

Ignition
12 x control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

8 SENT
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Installation Notes

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

3 output signals
1 x engine rpm

Application
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries, Selectablelinks between functions and in- or outputs

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

Function documentation
Automatically created during code generation
MatLab code generation
Support for customer own MatLab function development

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

1

20 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

UpgradesEngine Function Package 1• Electronic Throttle Control• VVT• Turbo Control
Engine Function Package 2• Traction Control• Launch Control
Measurement Package
17 Additional analogue inputs• 7 x no integrated pull-up• 1 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up• 1 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up• 8 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
Extension of the use of 8 digital channels as analogue / digital inputs (shared)
1 Additional function related inputs• 1 x Thermocouple K-type
Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA• Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive
only• Adapter cable to PC USB-Port• Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
• SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1• Launch Time

•
•
•
•

Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)
•
•
•
•
•
•

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control
Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control

Innovation License Device
Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per unit
Innovation Package Project
Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine
speed sensor, quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 21

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.113-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Software Options
Engine Function Package 1
Order number F02U.V02.001-01
Engine Function Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.002-01
Measurement Package
Order number F02U.V02.000-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

22 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 231

24 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
EVO• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz

Features Optimized for low pressure injection
 Measurement with 38 analog inputs
 Supports Customer Code Area CCA

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade

Aluminum housing SENT support

2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

The MS 6.2 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.2 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs38 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
10 x no integrated pull-up
4 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
5 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
13 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
8 analog/digital inputs (shared)
8 x option for angle synchronous measurement / digital (e.g.
SENT)
6 internal measurements
1 x ambient pressure

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 25

1 x acceleration 6-axis

Mating Connectors (not included)

2 x ECU temperature

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

2 x ECU voltage

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

9 function related inputs

Norms

2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Product Safety

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020

1 x lap trigger/beacon input

Materials

4 x knock sensors

REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

10 digital inputs
1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement
2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection
4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed
2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement
1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF
Sensor supplies and screens4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA
3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

EMC
UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020
KN41
ISO11452-2
ISO11452-4
ISO10605
ISO7637-2
ISO7367-3
ISO16750-2
US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B
ICES-003

7 x sensor grounds

Testing

2 x sensor screens

SAEJ1211

Outputs

Communication

28 function related outputs
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier

2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle

1 RS232

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch
3 output signals

3 Communication screens
Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

Application
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries, Selectablelinks between functions and in- or outputs
Function documentation
Automatically created during code generation
MatLab code generation
Support for customer own MatLab function development1

26 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control

UpgradesInnovation License Device

Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device

Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per unit

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked

Innovation Package Project
Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine
speed sensor, quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.115-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Software Options
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line

Gear Control Package 1

Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01

Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Launch Timer
Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 27

Dimensions1

28 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 29

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
EVO

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support

Features Optimized for low and high pressure injection
 Measurement with 21 analog inputs
 Supports Customer Code Area CCA
 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade SENT support
The MS 6.3 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.3 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for the use of:• 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types and pressure ranges)
Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier

Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz
Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs21 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
3 x no integrated pull-up
3 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
4 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up
5 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
6 internal measurements1

30 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 6-axis
2 x ECU temperature
2 x ECU voltage
8 function related inputs

1 x trigger wheel
Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Mating Connectors (not included)

1 x Thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

1 x Lap trigger/beacon input
4 x Knock sensors
18 digital inputs

Norms
Product Safety
EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020

1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement

Materials

2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection

REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

EMC

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

KN41

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF
8 x digital, e.g. SENT
Sensor supplies and screens

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020
ISO11452-2
ISO11452-4
ISO10605
ISO7637-2

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

ISO7367-3

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

ISO16750-2

7 x sensor grounds

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B

2 x sensor screens

ICES-003

Outputs
38 function related outputs

Testing
SAEJ1211

High Pressure Injection
2 x high pressure pump with MSV control
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle

1 RS232

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Installation Notes

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch
3 output signals
1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 31

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
UpgradesHigh Pressure Injection Package
HP package for flat and V-engines (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8,
external cylinder 9-12)
Measurement Package
17 Additional analogue inputs• 7 x no integrated pull-up• 1 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up• 1 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up• 8 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
Extension of the use of 8 digital channels as analogue / digital inputs (shared)
1 Additional function related inputs• 1 x Thermocouple K-type
Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU
FULL_LOG_1
Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA• Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive
only• Adapter cable to PC USB-Port• Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
• SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1• Launch Timer• Launch Distance• Torque Pre-Control• Launch RPM Control• Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)
•
•
•
•
•
•

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control
Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control

Innovation License Device
Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per unit
Innovation Package Project
Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine
speed sensor, quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation1

32 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.110-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Software Options
High Pressure Injection Package
Order number F02U.V01.999-01
Measurement Package
Order number F02U.V02.000-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 33

Dimensions1

34 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 35

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
EVO

Ignition• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control

Features

Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support

 Optimized for low and high pressure injection
 Measurement with 38 analog inputs
 Supports Customer Code Area CCA
 4 GB memory plus 4 GB upgrade SENT support
The MS 6.4 EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of ourMS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing
core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end
FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The
MS 6 family utilizes a new software development
process based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom
functions can be quickly and easily generated. The
flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.4 EVO to
support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for the use of:• 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types and pressure ranges)

Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 50 Hz
Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 300 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 600 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Inputs38 analog inputs

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls

Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only

4 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up

10 x no integrated pull-up

5 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up

1

36 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

13 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
8 analog/digital inputs (shared)
8 x option for angle synchronous measurement / digital (e.g.
SENT)
6 internal measurements

4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch
3 output signals
1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel

1 x ambient pressure

Software Tools (free download)

1 x acceleration 6-axis

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

2 x ECU temperature

System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

2 x ECU voltage

Mating Connectors (not included)

9 function related inputs

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

Norms

1 x lap trigger/beacon input
4 x knock sensors
10 digital inputs

Product Safety
EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020
Materials

1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement

REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection

EMC

4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

ISO11452-2

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

KN41
ISO11452-4
ISO10605

Sensor supplies and screens

ISO7637-2

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

ISO7367-3

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

ISO16750-2

7 x sensor grounds

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B

2 x sensor screens

ICES-003

Outputs

Testing

38 function related outputs

SAEJ1211

High Pressure Injection
2 x high pressure pump with MSV control
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heaterCommunication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Installation Notes

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 37

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)UpgradesAcceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control
Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control

Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device

Innovation License Device

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU

Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per unit

FULL_LOG_1

Innovation Package Project

Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro

Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per project version

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code

*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine
speed sensor, quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 EVO
Order number F02U.V03.114-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01

USB_DATA

Software Options

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked

FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Launch Timer
Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls

FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

38 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 391

40 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P
EVO

• 12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist various gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control

Features 866 MHz Dual Core Processor for projects withhigh performance demand Supports Customer Code Area CCA
 4 GB memory plus 16 GB upgrade SENT support
The MS 6.4P EVO engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. The MS 6 family
provides high control performance, logging capabilities and an extensive feature set to improve performance in your application. It features a powerful digital processing core and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. Custom functions
can be provided quickly and easily as a service or implemented as customer code with MATLAB/Simulink.
The MS 6 family is fully integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture.
Hint: Specific Software Version for MS 6.4P EVO
needed, not compatible with MS 6.4 EVO software.
Application
High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for the use of:• 4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types and pressure ranges)
HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1 (standard)• 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)• Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)• 100 free configurable channels, 20 Hz
Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 400 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 5 MB/s
Logger Options

See Upgrades

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors

196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)

0 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 866 MHz, FPGA

Inputs38 analog inputs
6 x reserved for electronic throttle controls
10 x no integrated pull-up

Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Ignition

4 x option for angle synchronous measurement, no integrated
pull-up
5 x fixed 3.01 kOhm pull-up

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 41

13 x switchable 3.01 kOhm pull-up
8 analog/digital inputs (shared)
8 x option for angle synchronous measurement / digital (e.g.
SENT)
6 internal measurements

4 x 1 A pwm lowside switch

1

3 output signals
1 x engine rpm
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel

1 x ambient pressure

Software Tools (free download)

1 x acceleration 6-axis

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

2 x ECU temperature

System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

2 x ECU voltage

Mating Connectors (not included)

9 function related inputs

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types

Norms

1 x lap trigger/beacon input
4 x knock sensors
10 digital inputs

Product Safety
EN IEC 62368-1:2020+A11:2020
Materials

1 x switchable Hall or inductive sensor for flywheel measurement

REACH - Nr. 1907/2006

2 x Hall sensor for sync wheel detection

EMC

4 x switchable Hall or DF11 sensors for camshaft position or
wheel speed

UNECE10:rev.6/AMD1:2020

2 x switchable Hall or inductive sensors for turbo speed measurement

ISO11452-2

1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

KN41
ISO11452-4
ISO10605

Sensor supplies and screens

ISO7637-2

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

ISO7367-3

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 150 mA

ISO16750-2

7 x sensor grounds

US FCC: Title 47, Part 15 Subpart B

2 x sensor screens

ICES-003

Outputs

Testing

38 function related outputs

SAEJ1211

High Pressure Injection
2 x high pressure pump with MSV control
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated amplifier
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heaterCommunication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
8 SENT
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Communication screens

19 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge

Installation Notes

2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

4 x 3 A pwm lowside switch

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

8 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch

42 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

SW Package MS 6 Drag 2 (requires Drag 1
License)UpgradesAcceleration Sensor MM5.10 included
Time/Distance Boost Control
Driveshaft Speed Control
Driveshaft Gradient Control
Acceleration Control
Wheelie Control

Hardware Upgrade for CCA per device

Innovation License Device

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU

Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per unit

FULL_LOG_1

Innovation Package Project

Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro

Activation of engine speed functions* and near/far injection function per project version

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

PERF_LOG_1 (requires FULL_LOG_1)
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory
FULL_LOG_2
Activation of Partition 2• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 syncro• long-term recording• own data protection code
USB_DATA
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format, works
with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
SW licence USB-Port unlocked
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request --- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
Specific project SW for MS 6.4P EVO, based on MS 6.4 EVO
SW, offered as engineering service
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Launch Timer
Launch Distance
Torque Pre-Control
Launch RPM Control
Universal Outputs for Time/Distance Controls*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine
speed sensor, quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 43

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P EVO
Order number F02U.V03.112-01
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Engine Control Unit MS 6 EVO RX

FIA-homologated version for WRX ChampionshipOrder number on request
Software Options
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
Specific project SW for MS 6.4 Performance, basedon MS 6.4 SW, offered as engineering service
Order number on request
SW Package MS 6 Drag 1
Order number F02U.V0U.409-01
SW Package MS 6 Drag 2Order number F02U.V0U.410-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.294-02
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01

1

44 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Dimensions

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 451

46 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4• alternatively, up to 12 drivers for use with external powerstages.
Internal logger• 4 GB memory on partition 1• 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)• 4 GB memory on partition 2• Diagnostic channels• Use of 4 GB USB data stick
Logging rates• Usage of all features: 400 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s

 Data logger included

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

 Gearbox control optionally included

Integrated support of manual gearshift

Features Optimized for low and high pressure injection

 Gigabit data interface
The MS 7.4 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. The MS 7 line features a
powerful digital processing core with floating point
arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 7 line utilizes a softwaredevelopment process based on MATLAB/Simulink
which significantly speeds up algorithm development
by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be generated quickly andeasily. The flexible hardware design allows the MS
7.4 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
Application
High pressure injection
Integrated power stages for triple injection and use of:• 4 cylinders up to 14,600 rpm• 6 cylinders up to 9,700 rpm• 8 cylinders up to 7,300 rpm(for supply voltages >10 V, depending injection types and pressure ranges)
HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, fuel control
valve 2, external cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection• Max. 12 cylinders up to 16,000 rpm, high impedance injectors
only
Outputs can be used alternatively as low side switches 2.2 A with
fast decay
Ignition• 8 integrated power stages up to 20 A

Electronic throttle control
Variable Valve Timing VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Milled aluminum housing
4 motorsport connectors, 264 pins in total
Size without connectors

198 x 180 x 42 mm

Weight1,610 gProtection Classification

IP67

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 1 GHz, FPGA

Inputs41 analog inputs
8 analog/digital inputs (shared)

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 47

10 digital inputs
21 internal measurements

Adaptation and Documentation
Configuration

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

1 x ambient pressure
1 x acceleration 3-axis
3 x ECU temperature
10 x ECU voltage (e.g. sensor supply)
6 ECU current (e.g. sensor supply)
18 function related inputs
8 x combustion chamber pressure input
2 x thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors (K-type)

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later2 x Lambda interfaces for LSU 4.9 sensor types
1 x digital switch for engine ON/OFF

Communication

1 x digital input for beacon receiver

1 Ethernet 1 Gbit

4 x knock sensors

2 Ethernet 100 Mbit

Sensor supplies and screens

2 Realtime Ethernet

4 x sensor supplies 5 V / 50 mA

3 CAN

3 x sensor supplies 5 V / 400 mA

1 LIN

1 sensor supply ubat, 250 mA

1 USB

9 x sensor grounds

1 RS232

2 x sensor screens1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

Outputs

2 Network screens

42 function related outputs

Installation Notes

High Pressure Injection
2 x high pressure pump with fuel control valve
8 x high pressure injection for magnetic injectors
Low Pressure Injection
12 x 2.2 A low pressure injection for high impedance injectors
Ignition
12 x ignition control, IGBT or BJT, coils with integrated powerstage, or max. 8 cylinders and coils without integrated powerstage, 20 A
2 x 8.5 A H-bridge reserved for electronic throttle
2 x 3 A pwm lowside switch for Lambda heater
4 x 12 mA for control of Moog valves
15 freely configurable outputs
1 x 8.5 A H-bridge
2 x 4 A pwm lowside switch
6 x 3 A pwm lowside switch
4 x 2.2 A pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 A pwm lowside switch low dump resistant
5 output signals
5 x MUX outputs for internal signals like flywheel, knock signals, cylinder pressure

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, internal battery to be replaced during service.
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface cable are not included and must be ordered separately.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
UpgradesHardware Upgrade for CCA per device
Enable Customer Code Area
PERF_LOG1
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory
Gear Control Package 1
Gear control MEGA-Line functionality, has to be used with MEGALine components (License model via MEGA-Line)-- Link to MEGA-Line Support Request--- Link to MEGA-Line License Request Form -Gear Control Package 2
Gear control Bosch Motorsport functionality
Cylinder pressure detection base package MS 7.x

1

48 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation MS 7.x

Ordering Information

Adapter cable to USB-port

F02U.V01.343-01

Rugged USB flash drive

F02U.V01.342-02

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4
Order number F02U.V02.514-02

Connector for wiring harness

F02U.002.996-01

Programming interface cable

F02U.V02.327-01

Mating Connectors
LIFE (red)AS618-35SN

Actuator (blue)

AS618-35SB

Combined (orange)

AS618-35SC

Sensor (yellow)

AS618-35SA

Software Options
Customer Code Area
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Gear Control Package 1
Order number please contact Mega-Line
Gear Control Package 2
Order number F02U.V02.264-01
Cylinder pressure detection base package MS 7.x
Order number F02U.V02.543-01
Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation
MS 7.xOrder number F02U.V02.544-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code orange
Order number F02U.V02.296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7, LIFE-Connector code red
Order number F02U.V02.293-02

Control | Engine Control Unit Diesel | 49

Engine Control Unit MS 25
Sport

Optional function packages
available

1

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN

Interface to Bosch Data Logging
System

3 CAN interfaces

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum product housing

Base plate with fluid coolingincl. pressure compensation
element (PCE)

2 production type connectors
with 192 pins

Separate coding each (192 x
1.2 mm pins)

Vibration damped circuitboardsEngine mountable with additional dampers

8 housing fixation points
Features 8 injection output stages
 For solenoid injectors

Size

260 x 250 x 81 mm

Protection classification

IP x 6k and IP x 9K

Weight1,800 gTemperature range-40 to 85°C

Electrical Data

 96 data inputs

Power supply
 Software options available
The MS 25 Sport is an ECU for Diesel engines withup to 8 cylinders. It is developed for use with Boschsolenoid injectors. The MS 25 Sport utilizes a software development process based on MATLAB® &Simulink®.
The MS 25 Sport is able to operate in 12 V or 24 V
systems. The base SW is able to control one hydraulic bank configuration with Fuel Metering Unit
(FMU) and Pressure Control Valve (PCV).
Application

1 internal atmospheric pressure sensor
1 internal ECU temperature sensor for max. temperature
Inputs1 lambda interface LSU

LSU 4.9

7 general frequency inputs

4 wheel speed and one vehicle
speed hall effect sensor inputs
and 2 inductive turbo speed

1 input for inductive crankshaft
sensor

Hall optional
Inductive optional

Engine layout

3, 4, 5, 6, 8, <3 on request

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft
sensorInjector type

Solenoid valve injectors

29 analog inputs

Control strategy

Quantity based

14 digital inputs

Hydraulic system

Fuel metering unit + Pressure
control valve (2 bank optional)

Outputs

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
2 post injections

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

Lambda measurement

Optional controls on request

Two bank hydraulic control

Optional

Traction control

Optional

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

Optional

Speed limiter

12 or 24 V

8 injection power stages

3 banks for 8 cylinders

2 Fuel Metering Unit (HighPressure Pump)

2 bank system optional

2 Pressure Control Valve (Rail)

2 bank system optional

12 power stages (low side)
1 power stage for lambda
heater
2 H-bridges
3 sensor supply 5 V

50 | Control | Engine Control Unit Diesel

1

SoftwareCommunication

RaceCon Calibration Software

free download

WinDarab Analysis Software

free download

3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)

J1939 optional

Optional Functionality

1 LIN

Optional

Traction control SW upgrade

1 SENT

Optional

2 bank hydraulic control SW upgrade

Installation Notes

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F02U.V00.327-03

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-01

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-02

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25
SPORT - X1 (Vehicle)

F02U.V0U.147-01

Mating connector II
CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25
SPORT - X2 (Engine)

F02U.V0U.148-01

Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs werecommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport
Order number F02U.V0U.800-02

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 51

Overview

1

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4 Vehicle Control Unit MS
50.4P incl. CCA HW Upgrade• 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for vehicle
control functionality (MATLAB based)• Identical, dedicated 667 MHz
Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes• High Speed Logging 200 kHz
of 6 analog inputs (optional)• Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3• Event logging, Configurable
pre-event logging• 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for vehicle
control functionality (MATLAB based)• Identical, dedicated 866 MHz
Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes• High Speed Logging 200 kHz
of 6 analog inputs (optional)• Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3• Event logging, Configurable
pre-event logging

52 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Features 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively forvehicle control functionality (MATLAB based) Identical, dedicated 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposesSize

166 x 121 x 41 mm

Weight≤ 660 gProtection classification

IP67

3 motorsport connectors, 198 pins in total
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Operating temperature internal-20 to 80°C

 High Speed Logging 200 kHz of 6 analog inputs(optional)

Electrical Data

 Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3

Inputs Event logging, Configurable pre-event logging

20 Analog channels 0 to 5 V, 0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8
V, switchable pull-up

The VCU MS 50.4 is a highly powerful processing /logging unit for race applications.
Based on our broad base of platform function, we
support you with customized VCU functions for a
tailor-made solution.
In addition, you can quickly develop your individual
customer software based on MATLAB/Simulink tosignificantly speed up algorithm development(automatic code and documentation generation, requires CCA package) – including extensive simulation capabilities.
The device offers real time Ethernet functionality to
exchange e.g. data used in control algorithms
between devices (guaranteed latency time 1 ms).
Application
Processor for customer code

667 MHz Dual Core

Processor for logger

667 MHz Dual Core

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Online data compression
Internal logger• 1,500 channels• 4 GB memory on partition 1• 4 GB memory on partition 2• Fastest sampling 1 ms or 1 syncro• Optional: Sampling rate high speed logger 5 µs
• Long-term recording• Own data protection code
Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,200 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s

Supply voltage

8 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall-type speed measurement
possible,
Switchable pullup 2.15 kOhm, (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall- and DF11 type speed
measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 universal Thermocouple
1 Bosch Laptrigger
1 TimeSync master and slave (specific to Bosch measurement system)
Internal measurements:
1 ambient pressure
1 ECU temperature
20 supply voltage
20 supply current
1 battery voltage (external VCU supply)
1 external VCU supply current
4 HS output current
3-axis acceleration plus roll/pitch/yaw rate
Outputs
PWM High side2*; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

PWM Low side

4*; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package
Power Supplies
12 V, 400 mA each5*

Switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA
each

5*

Max overall current

4 A on all 12 V
2 A on all 5 V

Copy data of partition 1 to USB data stick
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
RS232 interface for GPS

5 to 18 V

Precision 12 V ± 1 % on the pin
Precision 5 V ± 0.1 % on the pin
Sensor ground20*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 53

Adaptation and Documentation
Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7
System Configuration tool
RaceCon

Logger configuration, calibration and online measurement

Connectors

4 Analog channels
0 to 5 V,
0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8 V, switchable pull-up
4 Digital PWM inputs
f_max=30 kHz
Hall-type speed measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall),Tooth count differential**
4 LVDT, 5 pin configuration,
excitation frequency 1 to 20 kHz,
excitation voltage 0 to 5 V (rms)
Outputs

Connector LIFE (red)AS018-35PN

Mating connector AS618-35SN(not included)

Connector SENS-A (yellow)
AS018-35PA

Mating connector AS618-35SA(not included)

Connector SENS-B (blue)
AS018-35PB

Mating connector AS618-35SB(not included)

Communication

4 “TTL” Digital output, 10 kHz, PWM, 25 mA each
2 PWM High side; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz
4 PWM Low side; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz
Power Supplies
5 x12 V, 400 mA each
5 switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA each

3 Ethernet 100 Mbit** The tooth count differential between any two of the PWM inputs
is available to measure e.g. shaft torsion.

2 Realtime Ethernet SERCOS3

High Speed Logging Package

4 CAN*

6 ANA

1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232 interface for GPS
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

0 to 5 V, 200 kHz logging rate

CCP_MASTER
Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol or XCP over Ethernet (UDP).
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package

Real Time Ethernet

Installation Notes

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Enables the VCU to operate as a real time Ethernet master or slave.
Guaranteed latency time of 1 ms. Ideal for time critical data transfer as needed in online control algorithms involving data from different devices.
Two interfaces allow for a ring topology (redundancy in case theRTE line experiences damage).
The VCU features a reasonable set of SERCOS3 instructions although not the full SERCOS3 standard is implemented. The ECU
side can act as a SERCOS3 master; the logger side can act as a
SERCOS3 slave.

UpgradesUSB KitHardware Upgrade for CCA per device

Rugged USB flash drive

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Legal Restrictions

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch device
Hardware Upgrade for Multi CCA per device
Enables the use of an extra core to utilize more computing powerin the device
I/O Package
Communication
4 CAN
InputsMating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Adapter cable to PC USB-port

1

54 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Ordering Information
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4
Order number F02U.V02.965-02
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Multi CCA Hardware Upgrade VCU per device
Order number F02U.V03.222-01
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4 incl. CCA HW Upgrade
Order number F02U.V03.012-01
Software Options
I/0 Package
Order number F02U.V02.777-01
High Speed Logging Package
Order number F02U.V02.779-01
CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
Real Time Ethernet
Order number F02U.V02.782-01
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03
Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loomside
Order number F02U.002.996-01
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

Dimensions

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 55

20

1

86.6

16

YAW RATE SENSOR
Drehratensensor

86.6

56 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Vehicle Control Unit MS
50.4P incl. CCA HW Upgrade

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

4 GB memory on partition 1
16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)
4 GB memory on partition 2
Fastest sampling 1 ms or 1 syncro
Optional: Sampling rate high speed logger 5 µs
Long-term recording
Own data protection code

Logging rate
• Usage of all features: 800 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,500 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 7.5 MB/s
Copy data of partition 1 to USB data stick
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
RS232 interface for GPS
Customer Code Area CCA
Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch device
Multi CCA
Enables the use of an extra core to utilize more computing powerin the device for running a second customer model

Features 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively forvehicle control functionality (MATLAB based) Identical, dedicated 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes High Speed Logging 200 kHz of 6 analog inputs(optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

166 x 121 x 41 mm

Weight≤ 660 gProtection classification

IP67

3 motorsport connectors, 198 pins in total
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

 Event logging, Configurable pre-event logging

Operating temperature internal

0 to 85°C

The VCU MS 50.4P (Performance) is a highly
powerful processing / logging unit for race applications.
Based on our broad base of platform function, we
support you with customized VCU functions for a
tailor-made solution.
In addition, you can quickly develop your individual
customer software based on MATLAB/Simulink tosignificantly speed up algorithm development(automatic code and documentation generation) –including extensive simulation capabilities.
The device offers real time Ethernet functionality to
exchange e.g. data used in control algorithms
between devices (guaranteed latency time 1 ms).

Operation outside the temperature limits can be tested on request
during the manufacturing tests.

 Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

5 to 18 V

Inputs20 Analog channels 0 to 5 V, 0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8
V, switchable pull-up
8 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall-type speed measurement
possible,
Switchable pullup 2.15 kOhm, (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*

Processor for customer code

866 MHz Dual Core

4 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall- and DF11 type speed
measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*

Processor for logger

866 MHz Dual Core

4 universal Thermocouple

Application

Configurable math channels

1 Bosch Laptrigger

User configurable CAN in/out messages

1 TimeSync master and slave (specific to Bosch measurement system)

Online data compression
Internal logger• 1,500 channels

Internal measurements:

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 57

1 ambient pressure
1 ECU temperature
20 supply voltage
20 supply current
1 battery voltage (external VCU supply)
1 external VCU supply current
4 HS output current
3-axis acceleration plus roll/pitch/yaw rate

Installation Notes

Outputs

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

PWM High side2*; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

PWM Low side

4*; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Legal Restrictions

UpgradesI/O Package
Communication

Power Supplies

4 CAN

12 V, 400 mA each5*

Switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA
each

5*

Max overall current

4 A on all 12 V
2 A on all 5 V

Precision 12 V ± 1 % on the pin
Precision 5 V ± 0.1 % on the pin
Sensor ground

Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

20*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package
Adaptation and Documentation
Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Inputs4 Analog channels
0 to 5 V,
0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8 V, switchable pull-up
4 Digital PWM inputs
f_max=30 kHz
Hall-type speed measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall),Tooth count differential**
4 LVDT, 5 pin configuration,
excitation frequency 1 to 20 kHz,
excitation voltage 0 to 5 V (rms)
Outputs
4 “TTL” Digital output, 10 kHz, PWM, 25 mA each
2 PWM High side; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

Software Tools (free download)

4 PWM Low side; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7

Power Supplies

System Configuration tool
RaceCon

Logger configuration, calibration and online measurement

Connectors
Connector LIFE (red)AS018-35PN

Mating connector AS618-35SN(not included)

Connector SENS-A (yellow)
AS018-35PA

Mating connector AS618-35SA(not included)

Connector SENS-B (blue)
AS018-35PB

Mating connector AS618-35SB(not included)

Communication

5 x12 V, 400 mA each
5 switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA each** The tooth count differential between any two of the PWM inputs
is available two measure e.g. shaft torsion.
PERF_LOG_1
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory
High Speed Logging Package
6 ANA

0 to 5 V, 200 kHz logging rate

CCP_MASTER

2 Realtime Ethernet SERCOS3

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol or XCP over Ethernet (UDP).
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)

4 CAN*

Real Time Ethernet

3 Ethernet 100 Mbit

1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232 interface for GPS
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package

Enables the VCU to operate as a real time Ethernet master or slave.
Guaranteed latency time of 1 ms. Ideal for time critical data transfer as needed in online control algorithms involving data from different devices.
Two interfaces allow for a ring topology (redundancy in case theRTE line experiences damage).

1

58 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

The VCU features a reasonable set of SERCOS3 instructions although not the full SERCOS3 standard is implemented. The ECU
side can act as a SERCOS3 master; the logger side can act as a
SERCOS3 slave.

Ordering Information

USB Accessories

Software Options

Rugged USB flash drive

I/0 Package
Order number F02U.V02.777-01

Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Adapter cable to PC USB-port

Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4P incl. CCA HW Upgrade
Order number F02U.V03.014-01

PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01
High Speed Logging Package
Order number F02U.V02.779-01
CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
Real Time Ethernet
Order number F02U.V02.782-01
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03
Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loomside
Order number F02U.002.996-01
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

Dimensions

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 59

20

1

86.6

16

YAW RATE SENSOR
Drehratensensor

86.6

60 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Displays2

Displays62

62 | Displays | Displays

Overview
2
Display DDU 9

Display DDU 10• 667 MHz Dual Core Processor• Large trans-reflective color
display• Recording on USB flash drive(opt.)• Supports GPS laptrigger, predated lap time etc.
• Page change based on events
possible• Features new user interface
menu• All new display element
design generator• 10 additional LEDs on bothsides of the device• Supports GPS laptrigger, predated lap time etc.
• Page change based on events
possibleDisplays | Displays | 63

Display DDU 9

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Online data compression
Internal logger• 4 GB memory (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory (optional)• 100 channels (standard)• Up to 1,500 channels (optional)• 50 ms Sampling rate (standard)• max. 1 ms Sampling rate (optional)
Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,200 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s
Features

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry support

 667 MHz Dual Core Processor

Technical Specifications

 Large trans-reflective color display

Mechanical Data

 Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Size

151 x 126 x 33.5 mm

Weight540 g

Protection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Operating temperature Display-20 to 70°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

 Supports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.
 Page change based on events possible
The display DDU 9 integrates a programmable fullcolor dashboard display with a data logging system
for motorsport applications for a very competitive
price. Additional input devices can be connected
via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. A
basic logging function of 100 channels with recording of 50 ms (4 GB) is always included. The logger
can be upgraded to full logging performance (max.
1 ms). In addition a 2nd logging partition of 4 GB
(e.g. for long term recording) can be activated.
Customers can implement own graphics, pictures
etc. on the 12 freely configurable display pages.
For quick data transfer from the car e.g. during pit
stop, data copy to a USB stick is available as an option. The stick is connected to the wiring harness
for the DDU 9.
The device comes with 4 analog and 4 speed inputs
as standard; further 12 analog inputs are available
as optional upgrade.
Application
Display• 5.7” graphic color display• 12 user configurable display pages• 10 multicolor freely configurable (RGB) LEDs

Resolution

640 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

BMP, GIF, JPG, PNG, TIF

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

5 to 18 V

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard, additional 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all ANA_IN

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Sensor supply U_Bat 250 mA

1

Sensor ground42

64 | Displays | Displays

Environment

2

External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector on Display

AS216-35PN

Mating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Pin Configuration
Comment

StatusPin

Name

Comment

Status33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Incl.

Pin

Name

1

KL_31

Incl.

2

KL_15

Incl.

3

KL_30

Incl.

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

6

KL_31

7

CAN_2_L

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

Legal Restrictions

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

CCP_MASTER

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol or XCP over Ethernet (UDP).
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

32

Sens_Gnd_2

Incl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

2

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

UpgradesFULL_LOG_1

fused

Incl.

Extension for Partition 1• 1,500 channels• fastest sampling 1,000 Hz or 1 synchroDisplays | Displays | 65

FULL_LOG_2
Enable full logging performance of 4 GB Partition 2

Ordering Information

IO_EXTENS

Display DDU 9
Order number F02U.V02.300-03

Enable additional 12 analog inputs

Software Options

USB_DATACCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB Flash drive
only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01
Accessories
Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Dimensions2

66 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 10
2Resolution

800 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

PNG, BMP, JPG, GIF

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out
messages

Up to 256 IDs (128 in and out)

Online data compression
Internal logger• 4 GB memory (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory (optional)• 100 channels (standard)• Up to 1,500 channels (optional)• 50 ms Sampling rate (standard• max. 1 ms Sampling rate (optional)
Features Features new user interface menu
 All new display element design generator 10 additional LEDs on both sides of the device
 Supports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.
 Page change based on events possible
The display DDU 10 integrates a programmable fullcolour dashboard display with a data logging system for motorsport applications. Additional input
devices can be connected via Ethernet, CAN buses
and RS 232.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. A
basic logging function of 100 channels with recording of 50 ms (4 GB) is always included. The logger
can be upgraded to full logging performance (max.
1 ms). In addition, a 2nd logging partition of 4 GB
can be activated.
With the DDU 10, a completely new library ofgraphical elements for the individual design of display pages was implemented and an all-new userinterface menu has been developed for the device.
A configurable input activates the menu structure
and the user can reset for example laptime, fuelconsumption and many more, without having toconnect a laptop to the DDU. The user can also install own graphics, pictures etc. on the 12 freely
configurable display pages. For quick data transferfrom the car, e.g. during pit stop, data copy to a
USB stick is available as an option.
Application
Display• 7” graphic color display• 12 user configurable display pages• 20 multicolor freely configurable (RGB) LEDs

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: 800 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 4 MB/s
Ambient light sensor
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight875 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Current consumption (without
sensor supply)

2 A (at 12 V)

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard,plus 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all analog inputs

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Displays | Displays | 67

Sensor supply U_Bat (250 mA)

1

LIFE connector

Sensor ground

427

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

Connectors and Wires

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

LIFE connector on display
AS216-35PN

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Mating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Auxiliary connector on display
AS212-35PN
Mating connector
AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Pin Configuration
LIFE connector

Incl.
Incl.

Incl.

42

ANA_IN_9

Status43

RS232_TX_GPS

KL_31

Incl.

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

2

KL_15

Incl.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

3

KL_30

Incl.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

6

KL_31

Incl.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

7

CAN_2_L

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Comment

Status16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

23

Pin

Name

1

Comment

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Auxiliary connector
Pin

Name

1

Unused2

Unused3

Unused4

Unused5

Unused6

Unused7

UnusedIncl.

8

UnusedEthernet_screen

Incl.

9

Ethernet_3_TXP

Incl.

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

10

Ethernet_3_RXP

Incl.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

Incl.

11

Ethernet_3_RXN

Incl.

Incl.

12

CAN_4_H

Opt.

26

Sens_Power 5V

Incl.

fused
over current protected2

68 | Displays | Displays

2

13

Unused14

Unused15

Unused16

Unused17

UnusedInstallation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
This product may contain open source software. Information about
license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

18

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

19

Ethernet_3_TXN

Incl.

20

CAN_4_L

Opt.

21

CAN_3_H

Opt.

22

CAN_3_L

Opt.

Ordering Information
Display DDU 10
Order number F02U.V02.659-02
Software Options
CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

Communication
CAN interfaces

2 standard,plus 2 optional

FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

Ethernet 100BaseT3

IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol (optional)

Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01

Dimensions

Displays | Displays | 692

70 | Displays | Displays2

Electronics

3

CAN Keypad

72

Collision Avoidance Systems

76

Data Loggers

85

Injection Power Stages

96

Power Boxes

103

Sensor Interfaces

111

Telemetry System

124

Test System135

72 | Electronics | CAN Keypad

CAN Keypad CK-M12

3

Characteristics
Signal output

CAN

CAN transmit rate

100 Hz*CAN baud rate

1 Mbaud*

TX ID

0x800*

RX ID

0x801*TX Data

1 bit status for each input

RX Data

4 bit integer for each indicator
color, 4 bit integer for brightness* Custom CAN IDs / baud Rate Optional Upon Request
Note: CK-M12 DBC file available for CAN configuration
Connectors and Wires
CK-M12 Termination

Flying Lead 24AWG

Recommended Connectors
Features

CK-M12AS610-35PN

MatingAS110-35SN

 12 standard buttons with color indicator rings

Wire Identification

 9 additional digital switch inputs

Wire

FunctionRed

12/24 V PowerBlack

GroundYellow

CAN high (CANH)GreenCAN low (CANL)White, Black Trace

Digital Input 1 activated by
GroundWhite, Brown Trace

Digital Input 2 activated by
GroundWhite, Red Trace

Digital Input 3 activated by
GroundWhite, Orange Trace

Digital Input 4 activated by
GroundWhite, Yellow Trace

Digital Input 5 activated by
GroundWhite, Green Trace

Digital Input 6 activated by
GroundWhite, Blue Trace

Digital Input 7 activated by
GroundWhite, Purple Trace

Digital Input 8 activated by
GroundWhite, Grey Trace

Digital Input 9 activated by
Ground Moveable button inserts
 CAN input / output
The CAN Keypad CK-M12 allows for simplification of
the dashboard by offering 12 buttons and 9 additional wired inputs to be evaluated and transmitted
via CAN bus to other devices on the bus. Each button has an individually addressable LED indicating
ring that can be used to acknowledge a button press
event, indicate status of a device, or alert the driverto a fault condition. No special configuration software is needed, all feedback logic is done by PBX,DDU or ECU. Each keypad is supplied with 15 black
inserts, optional insert kits are also available.
Application
Usage

PBX / DDU / ECU Interface

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight280 g

Max. vibration

11 ms 30 G peak

Sealing

IP68

Electrical Data

Insert Kits
Insert Road Race Kit

Power supply Vs

9 to 32 V

A/C

Average current draw

100 mAABS

Max current draw

250 mA

Alarm Reset
Anti-LagElectronics | CAN Keypad | 73

Insert Road Race Kit

Insert Road Race Kit

Arrow x 4

ReverseBrake Spray

SelectBoost Decrease

Starter

Boost Increase

Traction Control Down

Brightness Down

Traction Control Up

Brightness Up

Wet Mode

Close Menu

Windshield Spray

Cool Suit

Windshield Wiper

Cooling Fan
Day/Night Mode
Drink
Flash Hi Beam
Fuel Reserve

Insert Drag Race Kit
A/C
Alarm Reset
Anti-Lag
Arrow x 4

Fuel Reset
Boost Decrease
Full Course Yellow
Function Toggle
Gearbox Emergency
Hazard Flasher
Heated Windshield
Helmet Fan

Boost Increase
Brightness Down
Brightness Up
Burnout
Close Menu

High Beam

Cooling Fan

Horn

Day/Night Mode

LaunchLow Beam

Function Toggle

Map Down

Hazard Flasher

Map UpHigh Beam

NeutralHorn

Open Menu

LaunchPage Down

Line Lock

Page Up

Low BeamPDU Reset
Pit Switch

Map Down
Map UpNitrous Arm

PowerPower Steering Reset
Pump Out
Push to Pass

Nitrous Purge
Open Menu
Page Down

Radiator Spray
Rain Light
Reset

Page UpPDU Reset3

74 | Electronics | CAN Keypad

Insert Drag Race Kit

Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit

Power

L

3

M

4

N

5

Push to Pass

O

6

Reset

P

7

Q

8

R

9

S

10

Traction Control Down

T

11

Traction Control Up

U

12Transmission Brake

Installation Notes

Pump Out

3

SelectStarterWindshield Spray

Installation on flat surface recommended

Windshield Wiper
Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit

Bolt size#10-32Tightening Torque

0.7 +/- 0.1 Nm

A

V

B

W

C

X

D

Y

E

Z

F

!

CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-03

G-

Accessories

H

+

I

0

Insert Road Race Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.022-01

J

1

K

2

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Ordering Information

Insert Drag Race Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.023-01
Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.024-01

Electronics | CAN Keypad | 75

Dimensions3

76 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Overview

3

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M 3 EVO• Radar sensor with integrated
logic• Warning for overtake situations• Easy system adaptation• Universal CAN interface forvarious displays• Visualization via display LEDs

• Approaching vehicle tracking• Left/right passing alerts• Improves visibility of objects
in rain, mist or darkness• Full Bosch Motorsport tool integration

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 77

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light

Horizontal field of view Radar

85° from 0 to 29 m
70° from 29 to 46 m
50° from 46 to 73 m
42° from 73 to 78 m
20° from 78 to 95 m

Technical Specifications

3

Mechanical Data
Weight of radar sensor MRR

199 g

Size

60x70x32 mm

Protection Classification

IP 6K6K (DIN 40 050) IP 6K7(DIN 40 050)

Max. vibration

Randome vibration aeff = 30.8
m/s², 3x8 h (according ISO/DIS
16750-3)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

Features Radar sensor with integrated logic
 Warning for overtake situations
 Easy system adaptation
 Universal CAN interface for various displays
 Visualization via display LEDs
The collision avoidance system CAS-M light helps thedriver to focus on the track and warns him if a car isapproaching from behind. The system provides information about relative speed and distance of theclosest vehicle on the CAN bus. An additional display
with CAN bus interface is required (e.g. DDU 9).
The information is based on a Bosch radar sensor
which contains a FMCW radar transceiver operatingin the frequency range of 76.0 - 77.0 GHz. Targets infront of the sensor are reflecting the radar signal andthe relative speed and distance is determined via
Doppler-effect and beat frequency.
The benefit is even more increased during darkness
or in bad weather conditions. The system interface isvery intuitive and adaptable to the drivers liking.
Application

6.5 to 18 V

An external fuse has to beprovided (rec. 10 A).
External overvoltage protection
is required (internal overvoltage protection up to 35 V).
Reverse polarity voltage protection-14 V max. t ≤ 60 sec

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

F037.B00.168-01

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

CAN-H

Pin 3

CAN-L

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Pin 6

n.c.

Pin 7

n.c.

Pin 8

V+

Installation Notes
The system includes a radar sensor and a detailed user manual.
Ordering information for suitable wiring looms for the different
CAS-M light packages are specified in the user manual.
The system needs to be connected to the vehicle CAN bus (connection to display needed) and supplied with 12 V from the supply
system on board.

Operating temperature-40 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 95°C

Range

150 m

The rear unit must be mounted 90° to the vehicles vertical and horizontal axis and within ± 200 mm of the vehicle lateral centerline.

Tracks1 Object (nearest)

Mounting distance of radar over ground: 300 to 1,000 mm

InterfaceCAN

CAN rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

CAN update rate

50 Hz

To achieve the expected performance from the radar sensor, it
must have a clear and unobstructed view. There should be no material over the radar sensor and the sensor should be allowed aclear 180-degree field of view.
The system needs yaw rate and vehicle speed information.

78 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

3

Cat 6 A standard for Gigabit Ethernet.

Country

See CAS-M light in action on http://youtu.be/EzpSy-eJRi4

United Kingdom

Legal
The CAS-M 3 radar sensor is based on the Bosch
Engineering MRRe14HBW radar sensor. The
MRRe14HBW is frequency certified for the following countries:

If the MRRe14HBW and hence the CAS-M 3 radar
sensor SCU is not operated within this context, itlies within the customer’s responsibility to ensurecompliance of the application with national regulations and standards, e.g., electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters.
Link to the up-to-date EU Declaration of Confirmity
DoC:
http://eu-doc.bosch.com(Please enter the model MRRe14HBW on which
CAS-M sensors are based on to find the correct
DoC in the database.)

Country
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland
USA

Legal Restrictions

CanadaJapan

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Australia

Ordering Information

New Zealand

CAS-M light (500 kbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.021-01
CAS-M light (1 Mbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.220-01
CAS-M light incl. Display DDU 9 (500 kbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.591-01
CAS-M light incl. Display DDU 9 (1 Mbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.592-01

Dimensions

Wiring schematicElectronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 793

Dimensions

80 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M 3 EVO

3

Radar

85° from 0 to 29 m
70° from 29 to 46 m
50° from 46 to 73 m
42° from 73 to 78 m
20° from 78 to 95 m

Camera78°

Number of tracked objects

Max. 40

Number of displayed classified
objects

Max. 4

Display format

7’’

Display resolution

800 x 480 pixel

User configurable CAN in/out messages
User configurable LEDs
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Display Unit
Features Approaching vehicle tracking
 Left/right passing alerts
 Improves visibility of objects in rain, mist or
darkness Full Bosch Motorsport tool integration
The Collision Avoidance System-Motorsport 3 EVO(CAS-M 3 EVO) features a high-performance Bosch
Motorsport Display Unit for fast video processing(right in the picture), and a Rear Module, composedfrom a Bosch mid-range radar sensor for a wider
field of view in close-up range and a fast responsehigh definition camera (left in the picture).
The CAS-M 3 EVO system provides real time visualization and warns the driver about approaching or
overtaking cars via intuitive marking of the cars on
the display. It helps prevent the most common collisions and allows drivers to focus on the race. With amomentary glance, the driver can tell how many cars
are following and their classification depending on
distance and relative speed. The radar tracks up to
40 objects and marks up to four objects on the display. In addition, bright flashing LEDs alert the driverwhen any car attempts a passing maneuver. All ofthese features work at night or in the rain when visibility is typically poor. Furthermore, the real time
gap of a marked object is measured and can beprovided over CAN or Ethernet.
The CAS-M 3 EVO system is fully integrated in the
Bosch Motorsport Tool environment and can be configured with RaceCon.

Size

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight

830 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Rear ModuleSize

120 x 150 x 115 mm

Weight

880 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature

0 to 70°C (rearview camera internal temperature*)

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)*If the temperature limit is reached, forced air cooling of the camera is recommended.
Electrical Data
Supply voltage (Display andRear Unit)
Current consumption
Display Unit

2 A (at 12 V)

Rear Module

0.7 A (at 12 V)

Communication
Display Unit
CAN

1x private CAN for radar,
1x CAN

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera,
1x 100Base-T Ethernet

Time sync synchronization Ethernet

1

Application
Range
Horizontal field of view

95 m

6 to 18 V

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 81

22

Rear Module
CAN

1x private CAN for radar

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera

CAN Low Radar (PCR)

12

Rear Module

Display Unit for Vehicle
Harness

1

GigEthernet_TR3_P (private
Eth camera PEC)

2

WinDarab 7 Light

2

GigEthernet_TR2_N (PEC)

3

RaceCon3

GigEthernet_TR2_P (PEC)

4

4

GigEthernet_TR1_N (PEC)

5

5

GigEthernet_TR1_P (PEC)

6

6

GigEthernet_TR0_N (PEC

7

7

GigEthernet_TR0_P (PEC)88+12 V Ubat

n/a - Connect to VSP

Rear Module

9+12 V Ubat

n/a - Connect to VSP

Motorsport connector on
deviceAS212-35PN

10+12 V Ubat (opt. to display)

13 (opt. if KL30 not connected)

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

11

CAN High Radar (PCR)

21

12

CAN Low Radar (PCR)

22

13

n.c.

14

GigEthernet_TR3_N (PEC)

15

GigEthernet Screen

16

n.c.

17

CAN Screen

Software Tools (free download)
Data analysis tool
System configuration tool
Connectors and Wires
Display Unit
Motorsport connector on
deviceAS212-35PN

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Pin Configuration
Display Unit

Rear Module for Vehicle
HarnessPin No.

Pin No.

1

1

GigEthernet_TR3_N (private
Eth camera PEC)

14

2

GigEthernet_TR3_P (PEC)

1

18

GND

3

GigEthernet_TR2_N (PEC)

219+12 V Ubat (opt. to display)

4

GigEthernet_TR2_P (PEC)

3

13 (opt. if KL30 not connected)

5

GigEthernet_TR1_N (PEC)

4

20

GND

n/a - Connect to VSP

6

GigEthernet_TR1_P (PEC)

521

GND (opt. to display)

15 (opt. if KL31 not connected)

7

GigEthernet_TR0_N (PEC)

622

GND (opt. to display)

8

GigEthernet_TR0_P (PEC)7

15 (opt. if KL31 not connected)

9

Ethernet_TXP

n/a - Connect to Bosch System Ethernet BSE

10

Ethernet_RXP

n/a - Connect to BSE

11

Ethernet_RXN

n/a - Connect to BSE

12

CAN_High_Vehicle

n/a - Connect to Bosch System CAN

13+12 V KL30

n/a - Connect to Vehicle System Power VSP

14+12 V KL15

n/a - Connect to VSP

15

GND KL31

16n/cCommunication
Display Unit
CAN

1x private CAN for radar,
1x CAN

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera,
1x 100Base-T Ethernet

Time sync synchronization Ethernet

1

n/a - Connect to VSP

GND KL31

n/a - Connect to VSP

Rear Module

17

n/c

n/c

CAN

1x private CAN for radar

18

ETH_Screen

n/a - Connect to BSE

Ethernet

19

Ethernet_TXN

n/a - Connect to BSE

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera

20

CAN Low Vehicle

n/a - Connect to Bosch System CAN

Installation Notes

21

CAN High Radar (private
CAN radar PCR)11

The rear unit must be mounted 90° to the vehicles vertical and horizontal axis and within ± 200 mm of the vehicle lateral centerline.
Mounting distance of radar over ground: 300 to 1,000 mm

3

82 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

To achieve the expected performance from the radar sensor, it
must have a clear and unobstructed view. There should be no material over the radar sensor and the sensor should be allowed aclear 180 degree field of view.

3Country
United Kingdom

Cat 6 A standard for Gigabit Ethernet.

If the MRRe14HBW and hence the CAS-M 3 radar
sensor SCU is not operated within this context, itlies within the customer’s responsibility to ensurecompliance of the application with national regulations and standards, e.g., electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters.
Link to the up-to-date EU Declaration of Confirmity
DoC:
http://eu-doc.bosch.com(Please enter the model MRRe14HBW on which
CAS-M sensors are based on to find the correct
DoC in the database.)

This product may contain open source software. Information about
license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

Legal Restrictions

Consider the maximum vibration limits for the mounting positionof the rear module. The system is approved referred to vibration
profile 1, see www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Check the radar sensor for travel inside the radar bracket. In thiscase, remove the radar sensor and check the locking pins at bothsides of the sensor. Due to vibrations, these pins can be deformed.
Exceeding travel of the sensor can damage the electric contacts.
The system needs yaw rate and vehicle speed information.

For the private CAN network between display and rear module, notermination resistor is needed in the wiring harness. There are preinstalled termination resistors in the radar sensor and the display.

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Safety Notes

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.648-02

It is not permitted to use the system as mirror replacement.

Ordering Information

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Legal
The CAS-M 3 radar sensor is based on the Bosch
Engineering MRRe14HBW radar sensor. The
MRRe14HBW is frequency certified for the following countries:

Without wire (1)Country

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland

Order number F02U.V01.512-03

Order number F02U.V01.511-02
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Wire with open end (2)Order number F02U.V01.511-92

Wire with motorsport connector (3)Accessories
Display Unit
Order number F02U.V02.660-02

USA

Rear Module

CanadaOrder number F02U.V02.630-02

Japan
Australia
New ZealandConsisting of parts (A) to (E)Radar Bracket (A)Order number F037.D00.084-01
Radar Unit (B)Order number F02U.V02.647-01
Camera Unit (C)Order number F02U.V02.799-01
Wiring Harness (D)Order number F02U.V02.802-01
Interface Module (Housing and Electronics) (E)
Order number F02U.V02.639-01

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 83

Dimensions

3

Display

84 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

3

Rear Module

A: Radar Bracket
B: Radar Sensor
C: Camera
D: Wiring Harness for Radar and Camera
E: Interface Module (Housing and Electronics)
Spare Parts of the Rear Module

Electronics | Data Loggers | 85

Overview

Data Logger C 70

• Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual
Core Processor• Recording on USB flash drive(opt.)• Supports GPS lap trigger,
pre-dated lap time etc.
• High programming flexibility
using mathematical functions
and conditional channels

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

USB_DATA• Aluminum housing• Powerful data logger with up
to 20 GB memory• Supports Bosch multi-logger
configuration• USB recording and full telemetry support• Capacity 2 GB
• Robust brass housing• High performance push-pullconnector• Compatible with Data Loggers, Displays and VCUs

3

86 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 70

• 1,500 channels• 1 ms Sampling rate
Logging rates• Usage of all features: 600 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,200 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 6.2 MB/s

3

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 126 x 25.5 mm

Weight450 gProtection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Features Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual Core Processor
 Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

5 to 18 V

Inputs Supports GPS lap trigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.

Analog channels

4 standard, additional 12 optional

 High programming flexibility using mathematical
functions and conditional channels

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bit

The data logger C 70 integrates a programmabledata logging system for motorsport applications fora very competitive price. Additional input devices
can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website.
The logger can be upgraded to a 2nd logging partition of 4 GB (e.g. for long term recording).
For quick data transfer from the car e.g. during pit
stop, data copy to a USB stick is available as an option. The stick is connected to the wiring harness
for the C 70.
The device comes with 4 analog and 4 speed inputs
as standard; further 12 analog inputs are available
as optional upgrade.

Switchable pull up resistor

For all ANA_IN

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Application
Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Sensor supply U_Bat 250 mA

1

Sensor ground4

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector on logger

AS216-35PN

Mating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Pin Configuration
Pin

Name

1

KL_31

Comment

StatusIncl.

Configurable math channels

2

KL_15

Incl.

User configurable CAN in/out messages

3

KL_30

Incl.

Online data compression

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

Internal logger• 4 GB memory (standard)• Plus 4 GB memory (optional)

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

6

KL_31

7

CAN_2_LIncl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Electronics | Data Loggers | 87

Pin

Name

8

Comment

StatusPin

Name

Comment

StatusEthernet_2_TXP

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

13

Laptrigger_In

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

Communication

Incl.

CAN interfaces

2

Incl.

Ethernet 100BaseT

2
1

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

Laptrigger input

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Com_screen

Ethernet and USB
screenIncl.

Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years
Legal Restrictions

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

CCP_MASTER

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol or XCP over Ethernet (UDP).
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

Enable logging partition 2 with 4 GB memory

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

IO_EXTENS

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

Enable additional 12 analog input channels

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

USB_DATA

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with BFS preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
UpgradesFULL_LOG_2

3

88 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 70
Order number F02U.V02.302-02
Software Options

3

CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01
Accessories
Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

DimensionsElectronics | Data Loggers | 893

90 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

•
•
•
•
•

4 GB memory on partition 1 (optional; included in C 80 Logger)
Plus 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)
Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)
Up to 1,500 channels
Fastest sampling 1,000 Hz for all channels

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 800 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,500 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 7.5 MB/s

33-port network switch
Telemetry Support via Ethernet (recommended) and RS232
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight462 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)
0 to 85°C

 Powerful data logger with up to 20 GB memory

Operating temperature (internal)

 Supports Bosch multi-logger configuration

Operation outside the temperature limits can be tested on request
during the manufacturing tests.

 USB recording and full telemetry support

Electrical Data

We offer the C 80 in two basic versions, on the one
hand as a data logger and on the other hand as asensor interface. Choose between these basic variants and combine or add functionalities now orlater.
The data logger C 80 is a professional data logging
system for motorsport applications. This allows forsynchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4
digital input channels. Additional input devices canbe connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the up to 16 GB logger can be
downloaded via high speed Ethernet.
Software upgrades for the C 80 (field upgradable
by entering a key) activate tailored configurations
like a second logging partition of 4 GB, USB recording, CCP/XCP-master for simple data access tothird party devices, as well as additional input
channels.

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

Features Aluminum housing

InputsAnalog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmOutputs
PWM outputs (low side switch
2 A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
ASDD612-41SN

F02U.002.216-01
F02U.004.180-01

User configurable CAN in/out messages

Mating connector II
ASDD612-41SA

Sampling rate

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PN

Online data compression

Pin

Name

Internal logger

1

KL30

Application
Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Configurable math channels

DescriptionElectronics | Data Loggers | 91

Pin

Name

2; 3

Pin

Name

Description

KL15

40

ANAIN_M1_5

0 to 5V Analog

4; 5

KL31

41

ANAIN_M1_6

0 to 5V Analog

6

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

7

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

8

Ethernet Channel0 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

9Ethernet Channel0 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

10

Ethernet Schirm

Ethernet Schirm

11

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

12

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

13

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

14

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

15

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

16

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

17

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

18

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

CAN_A_H

19

Description

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PA
Pin

Name

Description

1

UBATT_FUSE12

SENSPWR10_1

3

SENSPWR5_2

4

SENSPWR5_3

5

SENSPWR5_4

6; 7

SENSGND

8RS232A TX

RS232A - Transmit

9

RS232A RX

RS232A - Receive

10

RS232B TX

RS232B - Transmit

11

RS232B RX

RS232B - Receive

12

RS232_GND

RS232_GND

13

REV1_PHall / Inductive

14

REV1_M

Hall / Inductive

15

REV2_PHall / Inductive

16

REV2_M

Hall / Inductive

17

REV3_PHall / Inductive

18

REV3_M

Hall / Inductive

19

REV4_PHall / Inductive20

REV4_M

Hall / Inductive

21

ANAIN_M1_7

0 to 5V Analog

CAN_A - HIGH

22

ANAIN_M1_8

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_9

0 to 5V Analog

20

CAN_A_LCAN_A - LOW

23

21

CAN_B_H

CAN_B - HIGH

24

ANAIN_M1_10

0 to 5V Analog

22

CAN_B_L

CAN_B - LOW

25

ANAIN_M1_11

0 to 5V Analog

23

USB Power

500mA USB_Power26

ANAIN_M1_12

0 to 5V Analog

24

USB Data Plus

USB_OTG_Plus

27

ANAIN_M1_13

0 to 5V Analog

25

USB Data Minus

USB_OTG_Minus

28

ANAIN_M1_14

0 to 5V Analog

26

USB GND

USB_Ground

29

ANAIN_M1_15

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_16

0 to 5V Analog

27

SENSPWR5_1

30

28

SENSGND

31

ANAIN_M2_1

0 to 5V Analog

29

Timestamp

32

ANAIN_M2_2

0 to 5V Analog

30

LS_GND_1

Low-Side Ground2

33

ANAIN_M2_3

0 to 5V Analog

31

LS_SWITCH_1

lowside switch 2A

34

ANAIN_M2_4

0 to 5V Analog

32

LS_SWITCH_2

lowside switch 2A

35

ANAIN_M2_5

0 to 5V Analog

33

LS_SWITCH_3

lowside switch 2A

36

ANAIN_M2_6

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M2_7

0 to 5V Analog

34

LS_SWITCH_4

lowside switch 2A

3735

LS_GND_2

Low-Side Ground2

38

ANAIN_M2_8

0 to 5V Analog

36

ANAIN_M1_1

0 to 5V Analog

39

ANAIN_M2_9

0 to 5V Analog

37

ANAIN_M1_2

0 to 5V Analog

40

ANAIN_M2_10

0 to 5V Analog

38

ANAIN_M1_3

0 to 5V Analog

41

LAPTRIGGER39

ANAIN_M1_4

0 to 5V Analog

3

92 | Electronics | Data Loggers

3

Communication

Additional analog channels

20

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)

4

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Telemetry

Ethernet or RS232

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Lap trigger input

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

RS232

GPS

Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

USB_DATA

Depending on your experience calibrating Bosch ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with BFS preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

Not reverse polarity protected on supply or outputs.

Ordering Information

SoftwareData Logger C 80

The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

FULL_LOG_1 included

Download data and save configurations before sending device, as
it will be reset during service.

Sensor Interface C 80

Legal Restrictions

Software Options

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01

UpgradesFULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

CCP_MASTERPERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol or XCP over Ethernet (UDP).
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)
PERF_LOG_1
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory, 800 kB/
s (866 MHz)FULL_LOG_2
Enable logging partition 2 with 4 GB memory. Ideally for protected
access by different teams or to use as long-term logger.
IO_EXTENS (included in C 80 Sensor Interface)
Dimensions

Order number F02U.V03.083-01

IO_EXTENS included
Order number F02U.V03.082-01

FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01
ADV_TELEM
Order number tbd.
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Electronics | Data Loggers | 933

94 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Technical Specifications

USB_DATA

Mechanical Data

3

Housing material

Brass

Weight42 gLength72 mmBore diameter

15.5 mmElectrical Data
Capacity

2 GB

Specification

USB 1.1/2.0

Data rate

USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Connectors and Wires
Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)
Pin 1

Data -

Pin 2

+5 V

Pin 3

GND

Features

Pin 4

Data +

 Capacity 2 GB

Content of the Kit

 Robust brass housing

Rugged USB flash drive
Adapter cable to PC USB-Port

 High performance push-pull connector
 Compatible with Data Loggers, Displays and
VCUs
The Kit USB_DATA enables your DDU, data logger or
VCU to store data on a USB flash drive. The Kit includes a rugged USB flash drive, an adapter cable toUSB-port and a connection socket to the wiring harness. A key number to unlock the USB-port is alsopart of the Kit.
The rugged USB flash drive is securely mounted
within a rugged brass housing designed to provide
full protection against extreme environmental conditions. It is IP68 protected and resistant to extreme
operating temperatures (-30 to 85°C). The USB flash
drive is equipped with a rugged protection cap.

Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Software license for USB-Port unlocked
Installation Notes
The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reducestress.
Ordering Information
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
USB Kit for C 60
Order number F02U.V00.872-02
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03

Application
Operating temperature range-30 to 85°C

Protection class

IP68

Tightening torque of Backnut
for connection socket

1.5 to 2.0 Nm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loomside
Order number F02U.002.996-01
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Electronics | Data Loggers | 95

Dimensions3

96 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Overview

3

Injection Power Stage HPI 5 Injection Power Stage HPI 5- Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 4C
M 8C• Max. 8 cylinders• Max. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)• 550 g• Max. 4 cylinders• Max. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)• 400 g• Max. 8 cylinders• Max. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)• 440 gElectronics | Injection Power Stages | 97

Injection Power Stage HPI 5

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,0003Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight

550 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Features

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

 Max. 8 cylinders

Nominal voltage

14 V

 Max. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

Connectors and Wires 550 gMating connector

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving
injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8
injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in
4 groups of 2 injectors each. Within a group only one
injector can be switched on at the same time. The 4
groups are totally independent, so that overlapping
injection of injectors of different groups is possible.
The HPI 5 is mainly designed to drive the Bosch highpressure pump HDP 5. Communication between
main ECU and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

D261.205.353-01

Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5

Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Order number F02U.V00.929-02

98 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 4C

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

3

AS616-26SN

Pin Configuration
16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A
Pin

Name

Comment

A

O_P_FSCVL1

Flow control valve #1 output
low side

B

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

C

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

D

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

E

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

F

O_P_BANK2_LS4_LS6

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #4

G

O_P_BANK2_HS4_HS6

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #4

H

O_P_BANK1_HS2_HS2

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #2

 Max. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)I

O_P_BANK1_LS2_LS2

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #2

 400 gK

O_P_BANK2_LS3_LS3

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #3

L

O_P_BANK2_HS3_HS3

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #3

M

O_P_BANK1_HS1_HS1

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #1

N

O_P_BANK1_LS1_LS1

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #1

P

I_P_HPINJD1_D1

Injector control, input signal
for injector #1

R

O_P_FSCVH1

Flow control valve #1 output
high sideS

I_P_HPINJD2_D2

Injector control, input signal
for injector #2

T

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

U

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

V

I_P_1SEL1

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "SEL1"

W

I_P_HPINJD4_D6

Injector control, input signal
for injector #4

X

I_S_T15

Input "Terminal 15" (Ignition
switch)Y

B_D_CANLCAN Interface, Signal "CAN
Low"

Z

B_D_CANHCAN Interface, Signal "CAN
High"

a

I_P_HPINJD3_D3

Injector control, input signal
for injector #3

Features Max. 4 cylinders

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 4C is a device fordriving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU
up to 4 injectors can be driven. Overlapping injectionof injectors is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP
5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5M is realized via CAN interface.
Application
Max. number of cylinders

4

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

15,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 andBosch high pressure pump HDP 5
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight

400 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 99

Legal Restrictions

16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 Ab

I_P_1SEL0

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "SEL0"c

I_P_1ON

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "ON"Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Dimensions

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C
Order number F02U.V01.629-01

3

100 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 8C

3Weight440 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

AS616-26SN
AS614-19SN

Pin Configuration
16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A

Features Max. 8 cylinders
 Max. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)

Pin

Name

Comment

A

O_P_FSCVL1

Flow control valve #1 output low
side

B

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

C

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

D

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

E

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

F

O_P_BANK2_LS4_L
S6Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine:#6)G

O_P_BANK2_HS4_H
S6

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine:#6)H

O_P_BANK1_HS2_H
S2

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine:#2)I

O_P_BANK1_LS2_L
S2Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine:#2)K

O_P_BANK2_LS3_L
S3Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine:#3)

L

O_P_BANK2_HS3_H
S3

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine:#3)

M

O_P_BANK1_HS1_H
S1

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine:#1)N

O_P_BANK1_LS1_L
S1

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine:#1)

P

I_P_HPINJD1_D1

Injector control, input signal for injector #1 (6-cyl. engine: #1)

R

O_P_FSCVH1

Flow control valve #1 output highside

S

I_P_HPINJD2_D2

Injector control, input signal for injector #2 (6-cyl. engine: #2)

T

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

 440 g
The injector power stage HPI 5-M 8C is a device fordriving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU
up to 8 injectors can be driven. The injectors aregathered in 4 groups of 2 injectors each. Within agroup only one injector can be switched on at thesame time. The 4 groups are totally independent, sothat overlapping injection of injectors of different
groups is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed
to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5-M isrealized via CAN interface.
Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

8,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

9,500

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 andBosch high pressure pump HDP 5
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 101

16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A

U

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

V

I_P_1SEL1

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL1"W

I_P_HPINJD4_D6

Injector control, input signal for injector #4 (6-cyl. engine: #6)

X

I_S_T15

Input "Terminal 15" (Ignition
switch)Y

B_D_CANLCAN Interface, Signal "CAN Low"Z

B_D_CANHCAN Interface, Signal "CAN High"a

I_P_HPINJD3_D3

Injector control, input signal for injector #3 (6-cyl. engine: #3)b

I_P_1SEL0c

I_P_1ONH

O_P_BANK2_HS8

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)I

O_P_BANK2_LS8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)K

I_P_HPINJD8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)L

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

M

O_P_FSCVH2

Flow control valve #2 output highside

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL0"N

I_P_2SEL0

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL0"

Flow control valve #1, input signal"ON"P

I_P_HPINJD7

Injector control, input signal for injector #7 (6-cyl. engine: not used)

R

I_P_2SEL1

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL1"

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A
Pin

Name

Comment

A

I_P_HPINJD6_D5

Injector control, input signal for injector #6 (6-cyl. engine: #5)

S

O_P_FSCVL2

Flow control valve #2 output low
side

B

O_P_BANK1_LS5_L
S4Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine:#4)T

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

U

I_P_2ON

Flow control valve #2, input signal"ON"

C

O_P_BANK1_HS5_H
S4

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine:#4)

V

I_P_HPINJD5_D4

Injector control, input signal for injector #5 (6-cyl. engine: #4)

D

O_P_BANK2_HS7

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)E

F

G

O_P_BANK2_LS7

O_P_BANK1_LS6_L
S5
O_P_BANK1_HS6_H
S5Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)

Legal Restrictions

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine:#5)

Ordering Information

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine:#5)

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C
Order number F02U.V01.630-01

3

102 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Dimensions

3Electronics | Power Boxes | 103

Overview

PowerBox PBX 90

PowerBox PBX 190

3• 120 A continuous current• 36 outputs, 80 A high sideswitches• Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication• Software-tool integrated• Easy programming of complex functions• 250 A continuous current• 52 outputs, 48 V high sideswitches• Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication• Precision current measurement• Easy programming of complex functions

104 | Electronics | Power Boxes

PowerBox PBX 90

Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)
4 high power channels up to 25 A
22 high power channels up to 15 A
6 multi purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM; two output stages can be combined to form an H-bridge)

3

1 sensor supply 5 V with individual ground pin
SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Features

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]1

HP_OUT3

40

150

2

OUT22

15

100

3

PWM_OUT6

15

75

4

OUT21

15

100

5

ANA_IN07

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

 120 A continuous current

6

ANA_IN08

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

 36 outputs, 80 A high side switches

7

PWM_OUT4

15

8

CAN_3_H

1 Mbaud max.

9

SENSGND

GND for AIN[x] Software-tool integrated

10

SENSPWR_5V

0.4

 Easy programming of complex functions

11

PWM_OUT2

15

75

12

PWM_OUT1

15

75

13

HP_OUT4

40

150

14

ANA_IN03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

15

ANA_IN04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

DIG_IN3

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

17

DIG_IN4

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

18

ANA_IN09

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

19

ANA_IN10

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Technical Specifications

20

CAN_3_L

1 Mbaud max.

Mechanical Data

21

BAT_GND

15100

 Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication

The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car,which is seamlessly integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities. The integrated PBX-software
guarantees an easy programming of complex functions by intuitive handling.

75

Size

214 x 159 x 57.5 mm

22

BAT_GND

15

100

Weight

830 g

23

BAT_GND

15100

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

24

BAT_GND

15

100

25

HP_OUT7

25

150

26

OUT19

15

100

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 20 V

27

ANA_IN05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Current consumption

<1 A

28

OUT20

15

Maximum recommended output current

120 A continuously>180 A peak current (2 s)29

ANA_IN06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

30

OUT17

15

100

Inputs

31

OUT18

15

100

12 analog inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors

32

ANA_IN11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

4 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors

33

OUT15

15

100

34

OUT16

15

100

100

Electronics | Power Boxes | 105

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

35

ANA_IN12

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

33

OUT05

15

36

PWM_OUT3

15

75

34

SHIELD_GND

shield37

PWM_OUT5

15

75

35

OUT06

15

100

38

HP_OUT8

25

150

36

OUT03

15

100

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2

100

37

OUT04

15

100

Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]38

HP_OUT6

25

150

1

HP_OUT1

40

150

2

OUT14

15

100

Connector X3: Amphenol Radsok Automotive Pinlock Connector 8
mm (35 mm², 50 mm²)

3

OUT13

15

100

Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]

4

OUT02

15

100

1

BATT_POS

120

180

5

OUT01

15

100

Communication

6

TIMESTAMP_I
NOUT

1 kHz open drain

7

CAN_2_H

1 Mbaud max.

2 x Ethernet

8

CAN_1_H

1 Mbaud max.

9

ETH_1_RXN

10/100 Mbps

1 x LIN, Control of Bosch Motorsport LIN devices included. Support of other devices on request.

10

ETH_1_TXN

10/100 Mbps

Installation Notes

11

ETH_2_RXN

10/100 Mbps

12ETH_2_TXN

10/100 Mbps

13

HP_OUT2

40

150

14

BAT_GND

15

100

15

ANA_IN01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

ANA_IN02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

17

DIG_IN1

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

18

DIG_IN2

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

19

CAN_2_L

1 Mbaud max.

20

CAN_1_L

1 Mbaud max.

CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01

21

ETH_1_RXP

10/100 Mbps

Accessories

22

ETH_1_TXP

10/100 Mbps

23

ETH_2_RXP

10/100 Mbps

Mating Connector X1
Order number F02U.B00.760-01

24

ETH_2_TXP

10/100 Mbps

25

HP_OUT5

25

150

26

OUT11

15

100

Mating Connector X3
Order number F02U.003.574-01

27

OUT09

15

100

Power Cable 16 mm²

28

OUT12

15

100

L: 2,000 mm

29

OUT10

15

100

30

OUT07

15

100

L: 2,000 mm

31

OUT08

15

100

Order number F02U.V02.048-01

32

LIN

Control of Bosch Motorsport LIN devices
included. Support of other devices on request.

3 x CAN

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Ordering Information
PowerBox PBX 90
Order number F02U.V01.794-06

Mating Connector X2
Order number F02U.B00.761-01

Order number F02U.V02.047-01
Power Cable 35 mm²

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F02U.V02.292-01
CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-03

3

106 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Dimensions

3Electronics | Power Boxes | 107

PowerBox PBX 190

Inputs18 analog inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors
10 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors
Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)

3

10 high power channels up to 25 A
26 high power channels up to 15 A
4 high side channels up to 25 A, up to 48 V
8 multi-purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM; two output stages can be combined to form an H-bridge)
2 sensor supplies 5 V with individual ground pin
SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

Pin Configuration
Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA62437SA

Features

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A] 250 A continuous current

A

HS_15A X1_A

15

100

 52 outputs, 48 V high side switches

B

HS_15A X1_B

15

100

C

HS_15A X1_C

15

100

 Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication

D

HS_15A X1_D

15

100

 Precision current measurement

E

HS_15A X1_E

15

100

 Easy programming of complex functions

F

HS_15A X1_F

15

100

G

HS_15A X1_G

15

100

H

HS_15A X1_H

15

100

J

HS_15A X1_J

15

100

K

HS_15A X1_K

15

100

L

HS_15A X1_L

15

100

M

HS_15A X1_M

15

100

N

HS_15A X1_N

15

100

P

PWM_15A X1_P

15

60

R

PWM_15A X1_R

15

60

The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car,which is seamlessly integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities. The integrated PBX-software
guarantees an easy programming of complex functions by intuitive handling.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataS

PWM_15A X1_S

15

60

Size

245 x 183 x 37 mm

T

PWM_15A X1_T

1560

Weight1,270 gU

HS_15A X1_U

15

100

Protection Classification

IP67

V

HS_15A X1_V

15

100

W

HS_15A X1_W

15

100

X

HS_15A X1_X

15

100

Y

HS_15A X1_Y

15

100

Z

HS_15A X1_Z

15

100

a

HS_15A X1_a

15

100

b

HS_15A X1_b

15

100

c

PWM_15A X1_c

15

60

d

PWM_15A X1_d

15

60

e

PWM_15A X1_e

15

60

f

PWM_15A X1_f

1560Internal G-sensors
Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1(see www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 16 V

Current consumption<1 A continuously

Maximum recommended output current

250 A continuously; >310 A
peak current (2 s)108 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA62437SA

3

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SNg

HS_15A X1_g

15

100

7

Analog Input X5_07

0 to 5 V, Pull-uphHS_15A X1_h

15

100

8

Analog Input X5_08

0 to 5 V, Pull-upkHS_15A X1_k

15

100

9

CAN 3 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaudm

HS_15A X1_m

15

100

10

Analog Input X5_10

0 to 5 V, Pull-upnHS_15A X1_n

15

100

11

Analog Input X5_11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

pPower KL31

15

-

12

Analog Input X5_12

0 to 5 V, Pull-upqPower KL31

15

-

13

Digital Input X5_13

rPower KL31

15-

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

14

Digital Input X5_14

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Connector X2: 1 Pin / 8STA61201BN261
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]15

CAN 3 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

1

Power Supply 12 V

200

240

16

LIN

Control of Bosch
Motorsport LIN devices
included. Support ofother devices on request.

Connector X3: 19 Pins / 8STA62419SN
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS_25A X3_A

25

150

B

HS_25A X3_B

25

150

17

Analog Input X5_17

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

C

HS_25A X3_C

25

150

18

Analog Input X5_18

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

DGND-fused

5A

D

HS_25A X3_D

25

150

19

E

HS_25A X3_E

25

150

20

DGND-fused

5A

F

HS_25A X3_F

25

150

21

Digital Input X5_21

G+H

HS_40A X3_G_H

40

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

J+T

HS_40A X3_J_T

40

150

22

Digital Input X5_22

K+U

HS_40A X3_K_U

40

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

L+N

HS_40A X3_L_N

40

150

23

SERCOS1 TXP

M

HS_25A X3_M

25

150

24

SERCOS1 TXN

P

HS_25A X3_P

25

150

25

do not connect (use for internal debugging)R

HS_25A X3_R

25

150

26

do not connect (use for internal debugging)S

HS_25A X3_S

25

150

27

Analog Input X5_27

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

V

Power KL31

25

-

28

Digital Input X5_28

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

29

Digital Input X5_29

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown
0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Connector X4: 6 Pins / 8STA61606SA
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS48V_25A X4_A

25

100

30

Analog Input X5_30

B

HS48V_25A X4_B

25

100

31

KL31-fused

C

HS48V_25A X4_C

25

100

32

SERCOS1 RXP
SERCOS1 RXN

D

HS48V_25A X4_D

25

100

33

E

Supply up to 48 V for X4

25

35

34

do not connect (use for internal debugging)F

Supply up to 48 V for X4

25

35

35

do not connect (use for internal debugging)

36

Digital Input X5_36

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

37

Digital Input X5_37

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN
Pin

Signal1

Analog Input X5_01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

2

Analog Input X5_02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

38

Analog_Screen

3

Analog Input X5_03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

39

Analog Input X5_39
KL31-fused

4

Analog Input X5_04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

40

5

Analog Input X5_05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

41

SERCOS2 RXP

6Analog Input X5_06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

42

SERCOS2 RXN

0 to 5 V, Pull-upElectronics | Power Boxes | 109

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN
43

Digital Input X5_43

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

1 x LIN, Control of Bosch Motorsport LIN devices included. Support of other devices on request.
2 x Real time ethernet Sercos (optional)

44

Digital Input X5_44

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

45

Sensor GND for X5_51

5A46

Timesync

47

COM_Screen

48

CAN 1 Interface High-Level

49

SERCOS2 TXP

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

50

SERCOS2_TXN

Ordering Information

51

Powersupply_5V X5_51

400 mA

52

Sensor GND for X5_58

5A53

ETHERNET1 RXN

10/100 Mbps

54

ETHERNET0 RXN

10/100 Mbps

55

CAN 2 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

56

CAN 1 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

57

Analog Input X5_57

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

58

Powersupply_5V X5_58

400 mA

Socket 25 mm²

59

ETHERNET1 RXP

10/100 Mbps

Order number F02U.B01.044-01

60

ETHERNET1 TXN

10/100 Mbps

61

ETHERNET0 TXN

10/100 Mbps

Order number F02U.B01.045-01

62

CAN 2 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

63

Analog Input X5_63

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Mating Connector X3
Order number F02U.004.386-01

64

ETHERNET1 TXP

10/100 Mbps

65

ETHERNET0 RXP

10/100 Mbps

66

ETHERNET0 TXP

10/100 Mbps

Max. 1 Mbaud

Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
Legal Restrictions

PowerBox PBX 190
Order number F02U.V02.626-03
CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Accessories
Mating Connector X1
Order number F02U.004.387-01
Mating Connector X2

Mating Connector X2

Socket 35 mm2

Mating Connector X4
Order number F02U.004.388-01
Mating Connector X5
Order number F02U.000.472-02

Communication

Connector Opening Tool for Shellsize 24
Order number F02U.V02.434-01

3 x CAN

Breakout Box
Order number F02U.V02.523-01

2 x Ethernet

CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-03

3110 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Dimensions

3Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 111

Overview

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

Lambdatronic LT4• Aluminum housing• Powerful data logger with up
to 20 GB memory• Supports Bosch multi-logger
configuration• USB recording and full telemetry support• Supply of up to 4 Boschlambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or MiniLSU 4.9• Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

3• Supply of up to 4 Boschlambda sensors, type LSU
ADV• Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater• ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface• Lightweight Aluminum Housing

112 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80

•
•
•
•
•

4 GB memory on partition 1 (optional; included in C 80 Logger)
Plus 16 GB memory on partition 1 (optional)
Plus 4 GB memory on partition 2 (optional)
Up to 1,500 channels
Fastest sampling 1,000 Hz for all channels

Logging rates• Usage of all features: 800 kB/s
• Primary logging use case: >1,500 kB/s
• Logging data download rate: up to 7.5 MB/s

33-port network switch
Telemetry Support via Ethernet (recommended) and RS232
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight462 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)
0 to 85°C

 Powerful data logger with up to 20 GB memory

Operating temperature (internal)

 Supports Bosch multi-logger configuration

Operation outside the temperature limits can be tested on request
during the manufacturing tests.

 USB recording and full telemetry support

Electrical Data

We offer the C 80 in two basic versions, on the one
hand as a data logger and on the other hand as asensor interface. Choose between these basic variants and combine or add functionalities now orlater.
The data logger C 80 is a professional data logging
system for motorsport applications. This allows forsynchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4
digital input channels. Additional input devices canbe connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the up to 16 GB logger can be
downloaded via high speed Ethernet.
Software upgrades for the C 80 (field upgradable
by entering a key) activate tailored configurations
like a second logging partition of 4 GB, USB recording, CCP/XCP-master for simple data access tothird party devices, as well as additional input
channels.

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

Features Aluminum housing

InputsAnalog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmOutputs
PWM outputs (low side switch
2 A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
ASDD612-41SN

F02U.002.216-01
F02U.004.180-01

User configurable CAN in/out messages

Mating connector II
ASDD612-41SA

Sampling rate

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PN

Online data compression

Pin

Name

Internal logger

1

KL30

Application
Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Configurable math channels

DescriptionElectronics | Sensor Interfaces | 113

Pin

Name

2; 3

Pin

Name

Description

KL15

40

ANAIN_M1_5

0 to 5V Analog

4; 5

KL31

41

ANAIN_M1_6

0 to 5V Analog

6

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

7

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

8

Ethernet Channel0 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

9Ethernet Channel0 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

10

Ethernet Schirm

Ethernet Schirm

11

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

12

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

13

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

14

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

15

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

16

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

17

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

18

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

CAN_A_H

19

Description

Pin Layout ASDD212-41PA
Pin

Name

Description

1

UBATT_FUSE12

SENSPWR10_1

3

SENSPWR5_2

4

SENSPWR5_3

5

SENSPWR5_4

6; 7

SENSGND

8RS232A TX

RS232A - Transmit

9

RS232A RX

RS232A - Receive

10

RS232B TX

RS232B - Transmit

11

RS232B RX

RS232B - Receive

12

RS232_GND

RS232_GND

13

REV1_PHall / Inductive

14

REV1_M

Hall / Inductive

15

REV2_PHall / Inductive

16

REV2_M

Hall / Inductive

17

REV3_PHall / Inductive

18

REV3_M

Hall / Inductive

19

REV4_PHall / Inductive20

REV4_M

Hall / Inductive

21

ANAIN_M1_7

0 to 5V Analog

CAN_A - HIGH

22

ANAIN_M1_8

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_9

0 to 5V Analog

20

CAN_A_LCAN_A - LOW

23

21

CAN_B_H

CAN_B - HIGH

24

ANAIN_M1_10

0 to 5V Analog

22

CAN_B_L

CAN_B - LOW

25

ANAIN_M1_11

0 to 5V Analog

23

USB Power

500mA USB_Power26

ANAIN_M1_12

0 to 5V Analog

24

USB Data Plus

USB_OTG_Plus

27

ANAIN_M1_13

0 to 5V Analog

25

USB Data Minus

USB_OTG_Minus

28

ANAIN_M1_14

0 to 5V Analog

26

USB GND

USB_Ground

29

ANAIN_M1_15

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M1_16

0 to 5V Analog

27

SENSPWR5_1

30

28

SENSGND

31

ANAIN_M2_1

0 to 5V Analog

29

Timestamp

32

ANAIN_M2_2

0 to 5V Analog

30

LS_GND_1

Low-Side Ground2

33

ANAIN_M2_3

0 to 5V Analog

31

LS_SWITCH_1

lowside switch 2A

34

ANAIN_M2_4

0 to 5V Analog

32

LS_SWITCH_2

lowside switch 2A

35

ANAIN_M2_5

0 to 5V Analog

33

LS_SWITCH_3

lowside switch 2A

36

ANAIN_M2_6

0 to 5V Analog

ANAIN_M2_7

0 to 5V Analog

34

LS_SWITCH_4

lowside switch 2A

3735

LS_GND_2

Low-Side Ground2

38

ANAIN_M2_8

0 to 5V Analog

36

ANAIN_M1_1

0 to 5V Analog

39

ANAIN_M2_9

0 to 5V Analog

37

ANAIN_M1_2

0 to 5V Analog

40

ANAIN_M2_10

0 to 5V Analog

38

ANAIN_M1_3

0 to 5V Analog

41

LAPTRIGGER39

ANAIN_M1_4

0 to 5V Analog

3114 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

Communication

Additional analog channels

20

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)

4

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Telemetry

Ethernet or RS232

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Lap trigger input

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

RS232

GPS

Installation Notes
Maintenance Interval: 220 h or a maximum of two years

USB_DATA

Depending on your experience calibrating Bosch ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with BFS preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

Not reverse polarity protected on supply or outputs.

Ordering Information

SoftwareData Logger C 80

The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

FULL_LOG_1 included

Download data and save configurations before sending device, as
it will be reset during service.

Sensor Interface C 80

Legal Restrictions

Software Options

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01

UpgradesFULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

CCP_MASTERPERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01

Enables CCP/XCP master functionality to request data from foreign devices via CAN/CCP protocol or XCP over Ethernet (UDP).
(ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)
PERF_LOG_1
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory, 800 kB/
s (866 MHz)FULL_LOG_2
Enable logging partition 2 with 4 GB memory. Ideally for protected
access by different teams or to use as long-term logger.
IO_EXTENS (included in C 80 Sensor Interface)
Dimensions

Order number F02U.V03.083-01

IO_EXTENS included
Order number F02U.V03.082-01

FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
IO_EXTENS
Order number F02U.V02.205-01
ADV_TELEM
Order number tbd.
Accessories
USB_DATA
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 115

3

116 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Lambdatronic LT4

3Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

Software Tool (free download)
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Characteristic
Features

Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

 Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

 Integrated voltage compensation for sensor
heaterSignal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzThe Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping
current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors,
type LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda
value, the sensor temperature and diagnostics areavailable via CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The
lambda in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda =1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on theemission side, through a current through the pumpcell. The current proportional output voltage of the
IC is a measure of the lambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and avery compact box size with motorsport specification.
Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS614-35PN

Connector loom
AS114-35SN

F02U.000.365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 - (low)Application

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, MiniLSU 4.9

Channels

48Analog out 1

HeaterInternal

9

Analog out 2

10

Analog out 3

Technical Specifications

11

Analog out 4

Mechanical Data

12

Reference GND for analog out

Weight with wire

98 g

13

ShieldSealing

100 % humidity

14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1Mounting

Velcro15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

16Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 117

Installation Notes

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between
sensor and box is recommended.

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

The unit is secure from miss-pinning.

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either tothe measuring device or to the system ground.

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 2 years
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The LT4 is featured with voltage compensation for the heating profile
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.

A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not
to be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN
protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Legal Restrictions

Communication
Communication link

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
K-Line / CAN

Ordering Information
Lambdatronic LT4Order number F01T.A20.070-09

Dimensions

3118 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

VelcroSize w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADV Integrated voltage compensation for sensor
heater
The Lambdatronic LT4 ADV is a control module designed to supply and control up to four BoschLSU ADV. The lambda sensor LSU ADV offers extended features as an improved robustness, a shorter
heating time and less influence from the ambientpressure.
The LSU ADV contains a Nernst cell and a pump cell.
The lambda value between the Nernst cell and an internal oxygen reference chamber is controlled tolambda 1.013, independent of the oxygen concentration on the emission side. This happens thanks tothe pump current throw the pump cell, responsible
for the transmission of oxygen atoms in the sensor
ceramic. The current proportional output voltage of
the IC is translated in a lambda value. The LT4 ADV
provides the sensors temperature and other diagnostics parameters over CAN. The 4 lambda signals
can be read by using the CAN or analog output.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is its compact design, its lightweight construction, as well as
the possibility to control up to 4 Lambda Sensors
LSU ADV with multiple user-configurable parameters.
Application
Application

Lambda 0.75 to 5

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU ADV

Channels

4

HeaterInternal

Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

Software Tool (free download)
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Characteristic
Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzConnectors and Wires
Connector

AS614-35PN

Connector loom
AS114-35SN

F02U.000.365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 - (low)8

Analog out 1

9Analog out 2Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 119

Communication

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

12Reference GND for analog out

13

ShieldInstallation Notes

14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 2 years

15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program18

Not connected

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Not connected

To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between
sensor and box is recommended.

25

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

The unit is secure from miss-pinning.

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM3The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either tothe measuring device or to the system ground.

28

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+330

Not connected

31

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

36

Not connected

Ordering Information

37

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Communication link

K-Line / CAN

The LT4 ADV is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADVThe LT4 ADV is featured with voltage compensation for the heating
profile.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.

A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not
to be exceeded.
See the LT4 ADV function sheet for software documentation (e.g.
CAN protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Legal Restrictions

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Order number F02U.V01.111-04

3

120 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Dimensions

3Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 121

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight53 g

Size (Single connector type)101.8 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Size (Double connector type)112.1 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connectors

Features ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface

Connector 1 (wide)

AS212-35PN

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Connector 2 (small)AS208-35PN

Mating connector AS608-35SN

F02U.000.430-01

Pinout Connector 1 (wide)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

Supply to DF11 (RR)

Supply to DF11 (RR)

2

Signal from DF11 (RR)

Signal from DF11 (RR)

3

Supply to DF11 (RL)

Supply to DF11 (RL)

4Signal from DF11 (RL)

Signal from DF11 (RL)

5

Supply to DF11 (FR)Supply to DF11 (FR)6Signal from DF11 (FR)Signal from DF11 (FR)7

Supply to DF11 (FL)

Supply to DF11 (FL)

8Signal from DF11 (FL)

Signal from DF11 (FL)9Signal to ABS (FL)

Signal to ABS (FL)10

DF11 supply from ABS(FL)

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)11

Signal to ABS (FR)Signal to ABS (FR)12

DF11 supply from ABS(FR)

DF11 supply from ABS (FR)13

Signal to ABS (RL)

Signal to ABS (RL)

14

DF11 supply from ABS(RL)

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

15

Signal to ABS (RR)

Signal to ABS (RR)

16

DF11 supply from ABS(RR)

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

17Open collector Signal to
ECU (FL)

Not used

18

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FR)

Not used Lightweight Aluminum Housing
Bosch Motorsport has developed a wheel speed
module that converts the Bosch DF11 (differential
dual hall sensors) signals to a signal that can be processed by peripheral engine controlling devices anddata recording systems. The adapter can be plugged
into any Bosch ABS M4 loom.
The operation principle is that it forwards the sensor
information to the ABS. In addition it converts the
speed info into a digital signal. The type of output isopen collector. The connected device needs to contain an internal pull up resistor of 2.15 kOhm to 12
V.
The interface is available in two different housings
supporting one connector or two connectors (seephoto). The single connector type is used if the signal is fed back into an especially pre-defined ABS
loom which connects e.g. to the original chassisloom. The double connector type is used if the
speed signal is broadcast to the peripheral device
via a separate loom.
The wheel speed signal splitter is designed to be
used in combination with the Bosch Motorsport ABS
system. Due to safety reasons it is not designed forusage in combination with other ABS systems.
Application
Application

ABS wheel speed sensor interface

Compatible sensor type

Bosch DF 11

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

19

UBat 12V

UBat 12V

Storage temperature range-20 to 85°C

20Open collector Signal to
ECU (RL)

Not used

21

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RR)

Not used3

122 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

22

3

ECU Ground

5

n.a.

Not used

Pinout Connector 2 (small)

6

n.a.

ECU Ground

Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

Legal Restrictions

1

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(FL)

2

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(FR)

3

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(RL)

4

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU(RR)Dimensions

Single Connector Type Housing

Not used

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Ordering Information
Single Connector Type
Order number F02U.V00.335-03
Double Connector Type
Order number F02U.V00.203-03

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 123

3

Double Connector Type Housing

Connection Scheme

124 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Overview

RaceConnect

Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU Telemetry Modem LTE65-JP Telemetry Modem LTE65-US• LTE-based online telemetry
system for continuous transfer of vehicle data to scalable,
location-independent receivers. Secured data transfer
and handling between the
racecar and the cloud portal.
• Modular systems architecture
and multi-disciplinary engineering expertise yields flexible and fast service enhancement and development according to customer needs.
• The ready-to-use solution requires no further infrastructure at the track.
• Realization of any combination of unidirectional communication routes between
transmitter, cloud and receiver, for example, multiple
transmitters to one receiveror one transmitter to multiple
receivers.
• Full customer control and diagnostics due to accessing
racecar data and modem connection status through thecloud interface.

• Optimized for networks incountries of certification• 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)• No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM card
• Data can be sent/received
anywhere 4G or 3G cellular
service is available• Easy configuration at the
Bosch RaceConnect website

3• Optimized for networks incountries of certification• 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)• No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM card
• Data can be sent/received
anywhere 4G or 3G cellular
service is available• Easy configuration at the
Bosch RaceConnect website• 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)• No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM card
• Data can be sent/received
anywhere 4G or 3G cellular
service is available• Easy configuration at the
Bosch RaceConnect website• Cellular priority (USA only)Electronics | Telemetry System | 125

RaceConnect

Features LTE-based online telemetry system for continuous transfer of vehicle data to scalable, location-independent receivers. Secured data transfer and handling between the racecar and thecloud portal.
 Modular systems architecture and multi-disciplinary engineering expertise yields flexible andfast service enhancement and development according to customer needs.
 The ready-to-use solution requires no further infrastructure at the track.
 Realization of any combination of unidirectional
communication routes between transmitter,
cloud and receiver, for example, multiple transmitters to one receiver or one transmitter tomultiple receivers.
 Full customer control and diagnostics due toaccessing racecar data and modem connection
status through the cloud interface.
RaceConnect combines years of expertise in component and system development with connectivity
and cloud competence. The ready-to-use package forvehicle data transmission, storage and post-processing includes hardware, connectivity solutions,software services and system integration expertise.
Ordering Information
RaceConnect

Please contact us for further information.
Order number on request3

126 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU

Supplier of SIM card Europe

Vodafone

Annual Subscription

3

Data Volume Standard

500 MB / 20 hours per month

Data Volume optional

2 GB / 60 hours per month

Data Volume optional

10 GB / 100 hours per monthTechnical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

114 x 65.5 x 22 mm

Weight

171 gProtection classification

IP67

Operating temperature ambient-30 to 65°C

Storage temperature-30 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage range

8 to 18 V
24 V operation possible onagreement with customer

Max. power consumption

6W

Antenna impedance

50 OhmAntenna max. gain

5.78 dBi Optimized for networks in countries of certification
 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback) No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM
card

Connectors and Wires Data can be sent/received anywhere 4G or 3G
cellular service is available
 Easy configuration at the Bosch RaceConnect
websiteThe LTE65-EU is a 4G-LTE based telemetry modem
designed for real time telemetry data transfer on
racetrack for use within Europe. The combination of
LTE65-EU with RaceConnect cloud provides a highly
flexible telemetry data distribution platform, where
one transmitter can send to many receivers andmany transmitters can send to one receiver. The usage of 4G-LTE cellular service allows for Plug & Play
operation with minimal setup. The system has beenvalidated on Bosch displays, ECUs and loggers; however, 3rd party loggers may also be used.
Application

Connector on device

ASDD006-09PN

Mating connector

ASDD606-09SN

Pin Configuration
1

Battery plus

2

RS232 Rx

3

Reset

4

RS232 Tx

5

Battery negative

6

Eth RX+

7

Eth RX-

8

Eth TX+

9

Eth TX-

Legal Restrictions

Data interface

RS232 or Ethernet

Max. transmit rate

2 MbpsMax. receive rate

5 MbpsMax. receive streams

10

Ethernet

100 BaseT

RS232 baud rates

19.2, 57.6 and 115.2 kB/sec

Display

3 LEDs for device status

Configuration

Bosch RaceConnect website

Operation of this device is permitted in EU countries only.
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Electronics | Telemetry System | 127

Ordering Information
Telemetry Modem LTE 65EU
Order number F02U.V02.932-01
Modem LTE 65EU + Pro Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V02.933-01
Modem LTE 65EU + Pro-High Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V02.934-01
Basic Kit Racer - GT

2 Modems + 2 Racer Subscriptions (1 year) + Car
Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V02.936-01
Basic Kit Pro - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro Subscriptions (1 year) + Car
Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V02.937-01
Basic Kit Pro-High - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro-High Subscriptions (1 year) +Car Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V02.938-01
Software Options
Racer Subscription (1 year)

500 MB / 20 hours per month
Order number F02U.V02.929-01
2 GB / 60 hours per month Annual Subscription
Order number F02U.V02.930-01
10 GB / 100 hours per month Annual Subscription
Order number F02U.V02.931-01
Accessories
Car Antenna - GT

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.054-01
Car Antenna - Open Wheel

Quantity 2 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.069-01
Pitstand Antenna

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.070-01
Pitstand Harness
Order number F02U.V02.804-02

3

128 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Dimensions

3Electronics | Telemetry System | 129

Telemetry Modem LTE65-JP

Supplier of SIM card Europe

Vodafone

Annual Subscription
Data Volume Standard

500 MB / 20 hours per month

Data Volume optional

2 GB / 60 hours per month

Data Volume optional

10 GB / 100 hours per monthTechnical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

114 x 65.5 x 22 mm

Weight

171 gProtection classification

IP67

Operating temperature ambient-30 to 65°C

Storage temperature-30 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage range

8 to 18 V
24 V operation possible onagreement with customer

Max. power consumption

6W

Antenna impedance

50 OhmAntenna max. gain

5.78 dBi Optimized for networks in countries of certification
 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback) No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM
card

Connectors and Wires Data can be sent/received anywhere 4G or 3G
cellular service is available
 Easy configuration at the Bosch RaceConnect
websiteThe LTE65-JP is a 4G-LTE based telemetry modem
designed for real time telemetry data transfer on
racetrack for use within Japan. The combination of
LTE65-JP with RaceConnect cloud provides a highly
flexible telemetry data distribution platform, where
one transmitter can send to many receivers andmany transmitters can send to one receiver. The usage of 4G-LTE cellular service allows for Plug & Play
operation with minimal setup. The system has beenvalidated on Bosch displays, ECUs and loggers; however, 3rd party loggers may also be used.
Application

Connector on device

ASDD006-09PN

Mating connector

ASDD606-09SN

Pin Configuration
1

Battery plus

2

RS232 Rx

3

Reset

4

RS232 Tx

5

Battery negative

6

Eth RX+

7

Eth RX-

8

Eth TX+

9

Eth TX-

Legal Restrictions

Data interface

RS232 or Ethernet

Max. transmit rate

2 MbpsMax. receive rate

5 MbpsMax. receive streams

10

Ethernet

100 BaseT

RS232 baud rates

19.2, 57.6 and 115.2 kB/sec

Display

3 LEDs for device status

Configuration

Bosch RaceConnect website

Operation of this device is permitted in Japan only.
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

3

130 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Ordering Information
Modem LTE 65JP
Order number F02U.V03.042-01
Modem LTE 65JP + Racer Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V03.043-01

3Modem LTE 65JP + Pro Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V03.044-01
Modem LTE 65JP + Pro-High Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V03.045-01
Basic Kit Racer - GT

2 Modems + 2 Racer Subscriptions (1 year) + Car
Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V03.046-01
Basic Kit Pro - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro Subscriptions (1 year) + Car
Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V03.047-01
Basic Kit Pro-High - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro-High Subscriptions (1 year) +Car Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V03.048-01
Software Options
Racer Subscription (1 year)

500 MB / 20 hours per month
Order number F02U.V02.929-01
Pro Subscription (1 year)

2 GB / 60 hours per month
Order number F02U.V02.930-01
Pro-High Subscription (1 year)

10 GB / 100 hours per month
Order number F02U.V02.931-01
Accessories
Car Antenna - GT

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.054-01
Car Antenna - Open Wheel

Quantity 2 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.069-01
Pitstand Antenna

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.070-01
Pitstand Harness
Order number F02U.V02.804-02

Electronics | Telemetry System | 131

Dimensions

3132 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Telemetry Modem LTE65-US

Supplier of SIM card Europe

Vodafone

Annual Subscription

3

Data Volume Standard

500 MB / 20 hours per month

Data Volume optional

2 GB / 60 hours per month

Data Volume optional

10 GB / 100 hours per monthTechnical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

114 x 65.5 x 22 mm

Weight

171 gProtection classification

IP67

Operating temperature ambient-30 to 65°C

Storage temperature-30 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage range

8 to 18 V
24 V operation possible onagreement with customer

 No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM
card

Max. power consumption

6W

Antenna impedance

50 Ohm Data can be sent/received anywhere 4G or 3G
cellular service is available

Antenna max. gain

5.78 dBi

 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)Connectors and Wires Easy configuration at the Bosch RaceConnect
website Cellular priority (USA only)
The LTE65-US is a 4G-LTE based telemetry modem
designed for real time telemetry data transfer on
racetrack for use within the USA and Canada. The
combination of LTE65-US with RaceConnect cloudprovides a highly flexible telemetry data distribution
platform, where one transmitter can send to manyreceivers and many transmitters can send to one receiver. The usage of 4G-LTE cellular service allows
for Plug & Play operation with minimal setup. The
system has been validated on Bosch displays, ECUs
and loggers; however, 3rd party loggers may also beused.

Connector on device

ASDD006-09PN

Mating connector

ASDD606-09SN

Pin Configuration
1

Battery plus

2

RS232 Rx

3

Reset

4

RS232 Tx

5

Battery negative

6

Eth RX+

7

Eth RX-

8

Eth TX+

9

Eth TX-

Legal Restrictions

Application
Data interface

RS232 or Ethernet

Max. transmit rate

2 MbpsMax. receive rate

5 MbpsMax. receive streams

10

Ethernet

100 BaseT

RS232 baud rates

19.2, 57.6 and 115.2 kB/sec

Display

3 LEDs for device status

Configuration

Bosch RaceConnect website

Operation of this device is permitted in the USA
and Canada only.
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Electronics | Telemetry System | 133

Ordering Information
Telemetry Modem LTE65-US

Subscription required, antenna not included
Order number on request
Modem + Racer Subscription
Order number F02U.V0U.417-01
Modem + Pro Subscription
Order number F02U.V0U.418-01
Modem + Pro-High Subscription
Order number F02U.V0U.419-01
Basic Kit Racer - GT

2 Modems + 2 Racer Subscriptions + GT Car Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.420-01
Basic Kit Pro - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro Subscriptions + GT Car Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.421-01
Basic Kit Pro High - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro High Subscriptions + GT Car
Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.422-01
Basic Kit Racer - Open Wheel

2 Modems + 2 Racer Subscriptions + 2 OpenWheel Car Antennas + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.426-01
Basic Kit Pro - Open Wheel

2 Modems + 2 Pro Subscriptions + 2 Open Wheel
Car Antennas + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.427-01
Basic Kit Pro High - Open Wheel

2 Modems + 2 Pro High Subscriptions + 2 OpenWheel Car Antennas + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.428-01
Software Options
Racer Subscription (1 year)

500 MB / 20 hours per month
Order number F02U.V0U.355-01
Pro Subscription (1 year)

2 GB / 60 hours per month
Order number F02U.V0U.357-01
Pro-High Subscription (1 year)

10 GB / 100 hours per month
Order number F02U.V0U.358-01
Accessories
Car Antenna - GT

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.054-01
Car Antenna - Open Wheel

Quantity 2 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.069-01
Pitstand Antenna

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.070-01
Pitstand Harness
Order number F02U.V02.804-023134 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Dimensions

3Electronics | Test System | 135µLC Test System

Features User-friendly interface
 Functions can be extended with Expansion
Boards Prepared for test automation
 Favorable test setup, consuming low space Simulation of typical automotive interfaces
combined in one unit
The new and modern hardware-in-the-loop test system µLC Test System is suitable for mobile application, measuring a compact 17 x 11 x 6 cm. Initial test
setup typically takes under ten minutes, since thesystem allows for a simple test setup.
It is a compact open-loop test system for quality assurance of control unit development and combines
the simulation of all typical automotive sensors andcommunication protocols in one unit. Its interface isuser-friendly and enables an easy operation and evaluation.
The µLC Test System is especially used for automotive control units with typical interfaces for sensors
and bus systems such as analog/digital inputs andoutputs, PWM signals, SENT, CAN, LIN and speed
sensors.
Application
Engine Speed Simulation• Up to 20,000 rpm• Supported sensors: Hall, inductive, DG23i, TL4953• Up to 2 crankshafts, up to 4 camshafts– each is independently configurable– auxiliary shaft– -180 to 180° camshaft adjustment• Oscilloscope trigger signal for easier monitoring• Error simulation for engine position management EPM

Vehicle Busses• 2 * CAN, up to 1 MBit/s,
switchable 120 Ohm CAN bus terminator• LIN Master/Slave• SENT, full J2716 Jan. 2012 standard
4 Outputs, alternative to PWM output
Analog Interfaces• 8 * 10 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
Internal or external supply• 4 * 12 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
• 6 * 12 bit ADC 0 to 40 V, GND reference
Digital Interfaces• 6 * Digital Out, max. 200 mA in total
Output modes: Ground, 12 V, High impedance• 2 * Relays, max. 10 A, separate ECU power supply possible andincl. main relay sensing• 2 * PWM input, 1 Hz to 20 kHz• 4 * PWM output, max. 90 mA in total,
0.1 Hz to 20 kHz
Output voltages: 12 V, 5 V, GND• Complex PWM with sub signals, each separately adjustable infrequency, duty cycle and pulse count
Additional Features• Throttle body simulation• Cylinder pressure simulation– Up to 8 cylinders with one device– Expandable with multiple devices• USB connection completely galvanic decoupled• All in- and outputs short-circuit protected and ESD protected• EMC tested• Expansion boards for additional HW features• Multi device support with sync option for engine speed signals
Test Setup

Note: Calculation intensive modules like cylinderpressure simulation can cause a limitation of e.g.
the max. engine speed.
Technical Specifications
Operating voltage

12 V DC

Current consumption

typ. < 1 A

ECU voltage

12 V / 24 V DC

ECU current

10 A

Permissible operation temperature

0 to 40°C

Housing material

Aluminum

Dimensions

175 x 107 x 61 mm

Weight690 g

3

136 | Electronics | Test System

Legal Restrictions
The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
Ordering InformationµLC Test System
Order number F02U.V02.303-02

3

Software Options
Update and Support Subscription
Order number F02U.V02.838-01
Accessories

The screenshot shows the MicroLC Software withanalog outputs, crank-/ camshaft, RPM and complex PWM.
Update and Support Subscription• Free in the first year of use, chargeable from the second year

Expansion Board Current Loop Interface
Order number F02U.V02.889-01
Expansion Board Digital Outputs
Order number F02U.V02.904-01

Electronics | Test System | 137

Expansion Board CAN-FD• Adjustable bit rates and sample points with optional Transmission Delay compensation for high bit rates• Direct import of dbc and Fibex files• Short circuit proof
Technical Specifications

Features 2 independent channels
 Compatible with CAN and CAN-FD
 Switchable termination resistor
The Expansion Board CAN-FD extends the functionsof the μLC Test System without intervening in thesoftware and without additional enabling mechanisms. The card has two channels that are compatible
with classic CAN as well as with CAN-FD. For CANFD, data bit rates of up to 5 Mbit/s are supported.

Parameter

Value

UBus,prot

±56 V

UCM

±30 V

RTerm

120 Ohm

Parameter

Value

Max. data rate (CAN)

1 Mbit/s

Max. data rate (CAN-FD)

5 Mbit/s

FilterRange-Filter for 11bit- and29bit-IDs

Resolution timestamp

1 ms

Adjustable cycle times

1 ms - 65 s

Ordering Information
Expansion Board CAN-FD
Order number F02U.V03.095-01

3

138 | Electronics | Test System

Expansion Board Current
Loop Interface

3TS
Signal duration
backwards

80 to 100 µs

Gaps

0 to 10Prefixed bit

35 to 45

Duty Cycle

737,000 µs

Stand still signal
duration

1,340 to 1,540 µs

Stand still signal

150,000 µs(de)activatable(de)activatable

AK
Engine speed-3,125 to 3,125 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

ParityEven / odd parity

LR-Bit(de)activatable

LM0-Bit(de)activatable

LM1-Bit(de)activatable

LM2-BitFeatures

Stand still signal
 All common wheel speed sensors can be simulated(de)activatable
150,000 µs

PWM-i
Engine speed-2,500 to 2,500 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

Duration LR

35 to 55 µs

 Current limits freely adjustable from 0 mA to 40
mA

Duration DR_L

80 to 100 µs

Duration DR_R

170 to 190 µs

The Expansion Board Current Loop Interface extends the functions of the µLC Test System without
intervening the software and without activating additional mechanisms. The numbered outputs are available for this purpose. Using the five provided channels it is possible to simulate up to five independent
sensors. With integrated Lua scripting and theprovided API it is possible to create automated tests.

Duration DR_L_EL

350 to 370 µs(de)activatable

Duration DR_R_EL

710 to 730 µs(de)activatable

Stand still signal
duration

1,430 to 1,450 µs

Stand still signal
period737,000 µs

 Simulation of gear speeds possible
 Speed calculation based on wheel circumference(de)activatable

PWM-s
Technical Specifications

Engine speed-5,000 to 5,000 rpm
48 to 60

Engine speed-3,000 to 12,000 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

Ordering Information

Signal duration forwards

35 to 55 µs

Expansion Board Current Loop Interface
Order number F02U.V02.889-01

TSElectronics | Test System | 139

Expansion Board Digital Outputs

Application
Output voltage

Min

Max

µLC 3.1

-1 V

24 V

Technical Specifications

3

DC characteristics
Parameters

Conditions

Value

Uout

Output = Low<1.1 V

Uin-Uout

Output = High<1.8 V

Rout

Output = High-Z>10 MOhm

Iout, prot

Channel shutdown threshold±1 A∏Iout, prot

Shutdown threshold total current all outputs±3.33 A

Timing measured at Uin = 24 V
Parameters

Conditions

Value

trise

Load of 500 Ohm to GND

58 µs

Load of 500 Ohm to 24 V

0.3 µsWithout load

62 µs

Load of 500 Ohm to GND

0.8 µsLoad of 500 Ohm to 24 V

5.5 µsWithout load

12 µs

Features 14 additional digital outputs includedtfall Short circuit proof
 Change to individual states possible: Low, High,
High-ZThe Expansion Board Digital Outputs extends thefunctions of the µLC Test System without interventing the software and without activating additional
mechanisms. Digital Outputs provides 14 digital outputs, which can be switched individually to thestates Low, High or High-Z. All outputs can beswitched simultaneously.

trestart **: Restart time after overcurrent
Ordering Information
Expansion Board Digital Outputs
Order number F02U.V02.904-01

33.6 ms

140 | Electronics | Test System

3

Fuel & Spark4

Fuel Pressure Regulators

142

Fuel Pumps

151

Ignition Coils

162

Ignition Modules

188

Injection Valves193

142 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Overview

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 2

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 5

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini AFPR Adaptor light

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

• Aluminum housing• Fits to production type regulators and Motorsport regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 5,
Mini A)• Very light weight4

5 to 10 bar
30 to 400 l/h reflow
Adjusted at 105 l/h
Aluminum housing
All versions Methanol compatible

5 bar
15 to 220 l/h reflow
Adjusted at 105 l/h
Sheet steel housing

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 bar
15 to 220 l/h reflow
Pressure adjustable
Sheet steel housing

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 143

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 2

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information
Mechanical Data
Diameter

38.1+0.1-0.2 mm

WeightCa. 61 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring 25x2.5

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.1 mm, O-ring 5x2.5

Installation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
Features

When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.

 5 to 10 bar

Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.

 30 to 400 l/h reflow

Using the FPR Adaptor light F02U.V02.248-01, you can rebuild
the regulator an inline type.

 Adjusted at 105 l/hThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

 Aluminum housing All versions Methanol compatible
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as formethanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 5.0 bar
Order number F02U.V02.166-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 6.0 bar
Order number F02U.V02.168-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 7.0 bar

Application

Order number F02U.V02.170-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Order number F02U.V02.171-01

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M100

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Pressure Range 10.0 bar

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

Pressure Range 8.0 bar

Order number F02U.V02.172-01
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

4

144 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Complete dimensions on offer drawing at www.bosch-motorsport.com

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 145

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 5

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline (E85 or M15 withshortened lifetime)

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/hConnectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Features

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring 5 barInstallation Notes

 15 to 220 l/h reflow
 Adjusted at 105 l/h

The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, airbox pressure or manifold pressure.

 Sheet steel housing

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator
especially for motorsport use and increased thepressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return
flow rate.

Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.
This pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

Application
Pressure range

5 bar

Ordering Information

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0280.B02.722-03
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

146 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 147

4

Installation Recommendation

148 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini A

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes

Features

The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, airbox pressure or manifold pressure.

 2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 bar

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

 15 to 220 l/h reflow

Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.

 Pressure adjustable

Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.

 Sheet steel housing

When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator
was specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustabilityof the fuel pressure.

Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.
This pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.
Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Application

Pressure Range 2.2 to 3.5 bar
2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Order number B280.550.340-03

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Pressure Range 3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Pressure range

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Order number B280.550.341-04
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 149

Dimensions

4

Installation Recommendation

150 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

FPR Adaptor light

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications

4

Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Heigth55 mm

Weight

92 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6screws into housing or M5
screws through housing

Connectors and Wires
Features Aluminum housing Fits to production type regulators andMotorsport regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 5,
Mini A) Very light weightThis adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator.
The adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator as well as a motorsport regulator. Delivery
without regulator.
Dimensions

Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 151

Overview

Fuel Pump FP 165

Fuel Pump FP 200-7

Fuel Pump FP 200-E

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

4

•
•
•
•

>165 l/hMax. 5 bar
980 g
Fuel lines screwed

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam
Max. 500 bar
585 g
Integrated Flow Control Valve
Internal Pressure Relief Valve

•
•
•
•
•

>200 l/hMax. 7,5 bar
850 g
Fuel lines screwed
Internal pre-filter on suction
side with 300 µm

•
•
•
•
•

>200 l/hMax. 8 bar
850 g
Fuel lines screwed
Internal pre-filter on suction
side with 300 µm

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam
200 bar
780 g
Integrated Flow Control Valve
Internal Pressure Relief Valve152 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 165

Mounting

Clamping

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic

4

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Features >165 l/h Max. 5 bar
 980 g Fuel lines screwed
The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuelcan be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining good quality at a low price.

Connectors and Wires

Application

Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Fuel pressure

5 barElectrical mating connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

205 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

M14x1.5

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Mechanical connector intake
side

Fuel compatibility

Up to E85 with shorter lifetime

M12x1.5

Diesel compatibility

Not released

Mechanical connector pressure
side

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Ordering Information

Length168 mmWeight980 g

Fuel Pump FP 165
Order number 0580.254.979

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 153

Dimensions

4154 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 200-7

Max. vibration
IEC 60068-2-34

10 Hz 19,4 (m/s2)2/Hz
300 Hz 0,654 (m/s2)2/Hz
1.000 Hz 0,059 (m/s2)2/Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Diameter

60 mm

Length197 mmWeight

750 g

Mounting

Clamping

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 15 V (26 V for 60 s)

Operating voltage

13 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

≤ 17 A

Characteristic
Features >200 l/h Max. 7,5 bar

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Over-pressure valve

Internal

 850 g Fuel lines screwed Internal pre-filter on suction side with 300 µm
The FP 200-7 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank (installation in thetank is not proven).
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 7 bar. Bio-fuelcan be delivered up to E100 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200-7 is compatible with Gasoline and Diesel
fuel. It is the replacement for the 0580.254.044 aftermarket fuel pump with higher performance.
Application
Fuel pressure

Up to 7,5 bar

Gasoline delivery rate at 5 barand 22°C>220 to 270 l/hDiesel delivery rate at 7 bar and
22°C>185 to 235 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

8,0 to 10,0 bar

Fuel compatibility

Up to E100 with shorter lifetime

Diesel compatibility

Given

Operating temperature range-40 to 80°C
≤90°C for ≤5 h over 1.000 h
lifetime≤105°C for ≤1 h over 50 h lifetime

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 155

Installation Notes
Up to E100 with shorter lifetime

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Ordering Information

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Fuel Pump FP 200-7
Order number F.02U.V03.136-01

Dimensions4156 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 200-E

Max. vibration
IEC 60068-2-34

10 Hz 19,4 (m/s2)2/Hz
300 Hz 0,654 (m/s2)2/Hz
1.000 Hz 0,059 (m/s2)2/Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Diameter

60 mm

Length197 mmWeight

750 g

Mounting

Clamping

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 15 V (26 V for 60 s)

Operating voltage

13 V

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

< 20 A

Characteristic
Features >200 l/h Max. 8 bar

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Over-pressure valve

Without

 850 g Fuel lines screwed Internal pre-filter on suction side with 300 µm
The FP 200-E is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank (installation in thetank is not proven).
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 8 bar. Bio-fuelcan be delivered up to E100 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200-E is compatible with Gasoline and Diesel
fuel.
Application
Fuel pressure

Max. 8,0 bar

Gasoline delivery rate at 8 barand 22°C>200 l/h

Diesel delivery rate at 7 bar and
22°C>180 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

Without. Subsequent assembly
possible on pressure side bycustomer

Fuel compatibility

Up to E100 with shorter lifetime

Diesel compatibility

Given

Operating temperature range-40 to 80°C
≤90°C for ≤5 h over 1.000 h
lifetime≤105°C for ≤1 h over 50 h lifetime

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical mating connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 157

Installation Notes

Be careful, there is no over-pressure valve inside.

Up to E100 with shorter lifetime

Ordering Information

For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.

Fuel Pump FP 200-E
Order number 0580.B00.12U-50

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dimensions

4158 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure Standard version

200 barPossible customization
Rev B (iPRV)

500 bar or customization

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts(outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

freeElectrical connector orientation

45° or customization
M14 x 1.5 or customization

FeaturesHydraulic connection
design Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Hydraulic connection orientation

LP 240° or customization, HP
180° or customization4

 200 bar

WeightApprox. 780 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

 780 gOperating temperature-40 to 120°C

 Integrated Flow Control Valve

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

 Internal Pressure Relief ValveThe HDP 5 is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery
volume as well as high efficiency, as needed in
motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different flow
requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5 is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. It does
not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the highpressure fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g.
fuel consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend
different types of tappets, piston springs and cam
profiles. Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depend on cam profile and type oftappet.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

Application

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flangeorientation.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire lengthwith your order.

Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

SeriesFuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 159

Ordering Information
Standard version

Series wire + compact connector
Order number F02U.V00.912-03
Standard version

Series wire + motorsport connector
Order number F02U.V01.114-03
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request
Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.163-01

4

160 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

Lightweight

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure

500 bar or customization

Possible customization
Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts(outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

Free

Electrical connector orientation

0° or customization

Hydraulic connection
designM14 x 1.5 or customization

4

Features Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

WeightApprox. 585 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

 Max. 500 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

 585 gStorage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

 Integrated Flow Control Valve Internal Pressure Relief ValveThe HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston pump with a light weight housing. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume as well as highefficiency, as needed in motorsport applications.
Modifications in the number of cam lobes and cam
lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure
relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This
pump does not require a fuel return line into the fueltank.
The pump has an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the highpressure fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g.
fuel consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend
different types of tappets, piston springs and cam
profiles. Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depend on cam profile and type oftappet.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Hydraulic connection orientation

Fixed

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.
Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flangeorientation.

Application

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire lengthwith your order.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 161

Ordering Information
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request
Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.163-01

4

162 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Overview

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

4

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Fits to spark plugs with aceramic diameter of 8 mm

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Fits to spark plugs with aceramic diameter of 10 mm

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Developed for Turbo-GDI engines

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Boosted spark current
Max. 15,000 1/min
Developed for engines withhigh gas turbulences

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

Ignition Coil P65

Ignition Coil P65-T• Max. 35 kV• Max. 90 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire• Max. 15,000 1/min• Developed for Turbo-GDI engines

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

• Max. 33 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)• Developed for GDI engines

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

Ignition Coil P65-WG

Ignition Coil P65-WS

Ignition Coil PS-T

• Max. 33 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire• Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)• Developed for GDI engines• Max. 35 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for 30 kV highvoltage wire with locking pin(European standard)• Max. 10,000 1/min• Developed for GDI engines• Max. 35 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire according to SAE (American standard)• Max. 10,000 1/min• Developed for GDI engines

•
•
•
•

Max. 35 kVMax. 50 mJ
Max. 3.0 kV/µs
Max. 10,000 1/min
High voltage contacting via
high voltage wire and spark
plug connector possible

Max. 35 kVMax. 65 mJ
Max. 10,000 1/min
Developed for GDI engines

Max. 27 kVMax. 42 mJ
Max. 1.5 kV/µs
Max. 10,000 1/min

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 163

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

 Max. 15,000 1/min

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Features Max. 40 kV Max. 90 mJ

 Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8mm
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration2≤ 480 m/s at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order
Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length80 to 225 mm, depending on
customer requirements

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

164 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

4

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Dimensions

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E8
Order number depending on customer requirements

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 165

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Wire length

100 cm Max. 15,000 1/min

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Features Max. 40 kV Max. 90 mJ

 Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of
10 mmThis single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration2≤ 480 m/s at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm, depending on
customer requirements

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order
Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

166 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

4

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Dimensions

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E10
Order number depending on customer requirements

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 167

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

 Max. 40 kV

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

 Max. 90 mJ

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order Max. 15,000 1/min
 Developed for Turbo-GDI engines
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Primary current≤ 16 A

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

4168 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

4

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time

Design Note

Spark energy and provided high voltage

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kVSingle Fire Coil C90i-pro

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kVOrder number 0221.B00.256-01

Ordering Information
Sample manufactured
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Order number F037.000.996

Spark energy

Dimensions

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 169

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 265 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 0.65 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cm Max. 40 kV

Wire size

AWG 20/22

 Max. 90 mJ

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm Boosted spark current

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 15,000 1/min

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order Developed for engines with high gas turbulences

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil was developed for engines thatneed a stable spark because of their higher turbulences at the air fuel mixture inside the cylinder. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.90

5.50

9.80

12.80

8V

2.15

2.90

4.10

4.50

4.80

10 V

1.50

1.96

2.66

2.86

3.03

3.38

12 V

1.15

1.50

2.00

2.13

2.24

2.46

14 V

0.94

1.20

1.60

1.70

1.78

1.94

16 V

0.79

1.00

1.32

1.41

1.48

1.60

16.5 V

0.76

0.97

1.27

1.35

1.42

1.54

18 V

0.68

0.69

1.14

1.21

1.26

1.37

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

170 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary)

12,00

dwell time / ms

10,00

6V
8V
10V

8,00

12V
14V

6,00

16V
16,5V

4

4,00

310

0,9
mA

260
210

0,7
ms

160
mJ

110

0,5

Spark Duration / ms

14,00

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA & High
Voltage Offering / kV

ti = f (Ubatt)

Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm
Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm
Spark Current

60

Spark Duration

kV

10

0,3
8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

I primary / A

18V

Spark Energy

2,00

0,00
8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0

22,0

Installation Notes

I primary / A

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

36.5 mJ

0.366 ms

167 mA

28 kVThis coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

12 A

55 mJ

0.446 ms

197 mA

31.3 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

15 A

86.2 mJ

0.567 ms

246 mA

35 kV

Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

16 A

93.6 mJ

0.592 ms

263 mA

35.6 kV

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.

17 A

100.7 mJ

0.62 ms

274 mA

36 kV

20 A

116 mJ

0.67 ms

305 mA

36.6 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo
Order number F037.000.997

Dimensions

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 171

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

4

Connectors and Wires
Connector primary side

On request

Mating connector primary side

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Features

30 kV grid connectors

See Accessories

 Max. 35 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length if you order the coil with amotorsport connector.

 Max. 90 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire
 Max. 15,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U batt
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

 Developed for Turbo-GDI engines
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed to connect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The main benefit of this high performance coil is its
high energy capability.
Application

I primary
17 A

20 A

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Primary current≤ 16 A

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length83 mm

Weight w/o wire

210 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage≤ 35 kV

Dwell time172 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

4

Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

Design Note

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-WG
Order number F02U.V02.430-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector straight

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015

Spark energy

High Voltage Connector angled

Installation Notes

Order number 0356.250.035

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Dimensions

Please ask your local Bosch Service
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1350.521.001
High Voltage Wire 50 m

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5956.563.015

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 173

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

Mechanical Data
WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

370 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Features

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
 Max. 35 kV

Connector

Bosch Compact

 Max. 50 mJ

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D261.205.335-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

 Max. 10,000 1/min

Pin 2

Engine GND

 High voltage contacting via high voltage wireand spark plug connector possible

Pin 3

Ubatt

 Max. 3.0 kV/µs

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A
high voltage ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The coil P50 requires an ECU with internal ignition
power stages for each single fire coil.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.
Application
Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Variations
P50

P50-M
2

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector-+

174 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
The coil P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

4

Please regard the specified limit values.
Usage above Iprim > 8.5 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.

Dwell time

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kVIn case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

Design Note

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P50
Order number 0221.504.001
Ignition Coil P50-M

Motorsport version
Order number F02U.V00.869-01
Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1354.489.085
Spark energy

Dimensions

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 175

Ignition Coil P65

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features Max. 35 kV

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 65 mJ

U batt Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

Technical Specifications

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Mechanical Data

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

Length180 mm

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

Weight w/o wire

225 g

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

Mounting

Screw fastening

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm
Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm4176 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Design Note

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

Please regard the specified limit values.

Ordering Information

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

4

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dimensions

Ignition Coil P65
Order number 0221.504.024

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 177

Ignition Coil P65-T

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 33 kV

U batt
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

 Max. 65 mJ
 Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time) Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
Application

I primary

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Max. vibration2≤ 480 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Mechanical Data
Length143 mmWeight223 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm
Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

178 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kVThe coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

4

Design Note

Spark energy
Installation Notes

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Ignition Coil P65-T
Order number 0221.604.024

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 179

Dimensions

4180 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage
Characteristic

4

Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector primary side

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector primary side

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

30 kV grid connector

See Accessories

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 33 kV

U batt
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

 Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire
 Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time) Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed toconnect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The coil has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

I primary

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length83 mm

Weight210 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Dwell time

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 181

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Please regard the specified limit values.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

Design Note

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-TWG
Order number F02U.V02.429-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector straight

Spark Energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015
High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1350.521.001
High Voltage Wire 50 m

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5956.563.015

Dimensions

4182 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-WG

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 35 kV Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for 30 kV high voltage wire withlocking pin (European standard)

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the European standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application
Spark energy

Dwell time
≤ 65 mJ

U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8.5 A

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 183

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage

Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Ordering Information

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Ignition Coil P65-WG
Order number F02U.V01.927-01

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

Accessories

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kVHigh Voltage Connector straight

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015
High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1350.521.001

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

High Voltage Wire 50 m

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Order number 5956.563.015

Dimensions

Please ask your local Bosch Service4184 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-WS

4

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 35 kV Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire according to
SAE (American standard)

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application
Spark energy

Dwell time
≤ 65 mJ

U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8.5 A

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 185

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-WS
Order number F02U.V01.926-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector angled

Installation Notes

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
Dimensions

4186 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil PS-T

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic

4

Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D261.205.336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Engine GND

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 27 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 42 mJ

U batt Max. 1.5 kV/µs
 Max. 10,000 1/min
This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed
for cylinder head installation.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting. It is a basic concept for ignition applications.
Application

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

24 V

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kVFuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 187

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kVThe coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
Dimensions

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil PS-T
Order number 0221.604.103

4188 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

Overview

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Ignition Module IM 4

• Max. 3 cylinders• 47 g• Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition power stage
like MS 6• Especially adapted for Coils
P50(-M) and P65• Max. 4 cylinders• 54 g• Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition power stage
like MS 6• Especially adapted for Coils
P50(-M) and P65

4

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 189

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring
washerOperating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CElectrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic
Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used Max. 3 cylinders

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

 47 gConnectors and Wires Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6
 Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65
This module is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 6.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance
to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-poleMating connector
7-pole Jetronic

F02U.B00.252-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with Coils P50(-M) and P65 orcomparable coils.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. rpm (ensure chilled
mounting position)

8,000

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.
Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Mechanical Data
Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Legal Restrictions

Weight w/o wire

47 g

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

4

190 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0227.100.203

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 191

Ignition Module IM 4

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring
washerElectrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires
Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 4-pole

Features

Mating connector
Jetronic 4-poleD261.205.351-01

 Max. 4 cylinders

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4

 54 gPin 2

Collector transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 5-poleMating connector
Jetronic 5-poleD261.205.352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4

 Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6
 Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65
This module is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 6.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance
to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.
Application

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with Coils P50(-M) and P65 orcomparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Max. rpm (ensure chilled
mounting position)

8,000

Please observe the specified limit values.

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Legal Restrictions

Technical Specifications

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.

Mechanical Data

Ordering InformationSize

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0227.100.211

4192 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 193

Overview

Injection Valve EV 14

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

4• Flow rate at 3 bar: up to
1,000 g/min (n-heptane)• Max. 8 bar• Conical spray or 2-spray• With or without extension• Spray angle 15 to 85°• Flow rate at 100 bar: up to
1,640 g/min (n-heptane)• Max. 500 bar• Multi hole
• Spray angle 8 to 20°

194 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 14

4

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

151 to 1,462 cm³/min
103.5 to 1,000 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistanceSee variations

Fuel compatibility

E85
Use with different media is not
permitted.

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo,
Motorsport connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Features

Ordering Information

 Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,000 g/min (nheptane)

EV 14 ES, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.200

 Max. 8 bar

EV 14 CL, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.107

 Conical spray or 2-spray

EV 14 ES, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.013

 With or without extension
 Spray angle 15 to 85°
EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the
EV 6 injection valve technology. EV 14 xT are thelatest revision of the EV 12.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

EV 14 CKxT, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.038
EV 14 EL, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.116
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-09
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-10
EV 14 ESxT, 429 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.123

Technical Specifications

EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-08

Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 5 bar (8 bar for
motorsport use)

EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-07

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

EV 14 CKxT, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.040

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CEV 14 CS, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.487-01
EV 14 ES, 697 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.469-01

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021

Accessories

Housing design

Compact (K), Standard (S),Long (L)Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2431.314.021

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2Spray)

Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2431.314.018

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 195

Dimensions
Spray bent to the „right“, Delta=0°

Spray bent „down“ (away from electr. connector), Delta=90°

Delta 0°Alpha
Delta 90°

Gamma

4

Alpha

Gamma

Spray bent to the „left“, Delta=180°

Spray bent „up“ (towards electr. connector), Delta=270°

Alpha
Delta 270°
Gamma

Delta 180°

Gamma

Delta Angel

Housing Variations

Alpha

196 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves4Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 197

4

Mounting Instructions

198 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Variations of Motorsport Valves

4

Part No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance

B280.436.038-07
503 g/736 cm³
C
S
70°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-08
503 g/736 cm³
C
S
25°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-09
387 g/566 cm³
C
S
70°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-10
387 g/566 cm³
C
S
25°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.487-01
670 g/980 cm³
C
S
30°
0°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158.013
150 g/219 cm³
E
S
19°
0°
90°
12 Ohm0280.158.038
237 g/347 cm³
C
KxT
20°
0°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158 116
237 g/347 cm³
E
L
22°
5°
90°
12 OhmVariations of Production Type Valves
Part No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance0280.158.200
116 g/170 cm³
E
S
15°
90°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158.107
150 g/219 cm³
C
L
20°
0°
0°
12 OhmPart No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance0280.158.123
429 g/627 cm³
E
SxT
25°
0°
90°
12 Ohm0280 .158.040
670 g/980 cm³
C
KxT
30°
0°
0°
12 OhmFurther variations are available on request.

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 199

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Flow rate at 100 bar (nheptane)

up to 1,640 g/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±4 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Features

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

 Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,640 g/min (nheptane)

Electrical Data
Booster supply

65 V

 Max. 500 bar

Booster current

13.4 A

Booster time

480 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.4 A

Pick up time

704 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.7 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mOhm (ambient temp.)

 Multi hole
 Spray angle 8 to 20°
The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fueland air. It is an inward opening solenoid injector
which is optimized regarding very short opening andclosing times which ensures a very stable linearity atshort injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability
concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also theflow rate can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers
the spray targeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application
conditions will not match the listed performancedata, please ask for consultancy at Bosch
Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed
sample, Bosch offers cost effective production HDEV
5.2 on request.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D261.205.359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D261.205.288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport PowerStage Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Application at 100 bar (typical)

308 to 1,640 g/min

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

Up to 500 bar

Operating temperature range-31 to 130°C

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip
will not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.
Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request

4

200 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Dimensions

4

Spray variations, further variations on request

Actuators

5

Alternators

202

Electronic Throttle Body

211

Wiper Motor

214

202 | Actuators | Alternators

Overview

Alternator B0

Alternator B3 LIN

Alternator B5

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

5
>140 A
3,400 gClockwise rotation
Lightweight aluminum pulley
Multifunctional regulator>200 A
4,800 gClockwise rotation
Steel pulleyMotorsport optimized LIN1.3
regulator with latest ASIC
technology>150 A
5,600 gClockwise rotation
Steel pulley
Multifunctional regulator

Actuators | Alternators | 203

Alternator B0

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Tightening torque at B+

14 Nm

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Characteristic

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

6

3,000

32

3,500

51

4,000

63

5,000

80

6,000

90

7,000

98

8,000

105

9,000

111

 >140 A

10,000116

 3,400 g

12,000121

15,000127

18,000131

 Clockwise rotation
 Lightweight aluminum pulley Multifunctional regulator
This alternator is modified for motorsport demandand splash protected. The stator windings are handmade and optimized for higher current output; therotor is extra fine balanced and impregnated. Modifications are available on request.
Application
Ambient temperature range-30 to 90°C

Vibration protection

highInstallation without rubber mounting
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Installation Notes

Case material

Aluminum

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmDistance between mounting
points154 mmElectrical Data
Rated current>140 A

Output voltage

13.5 V

Typical lifetime before service: max. 6,000 km / 30 h
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program.
An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. It
will only be effective if the incoming air is 30°Kelvin cooler than theambient air. Otherwise, the restriction of airflow will negate any
cooling benefits. If these conditions are met, the cooling air should
be distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator for
optimal cooling. The alternator fans are not able to generate negative pressure. It is possible to use external blower to support the al-5204 | Actuators | Alternators

ternator. Debris at alternator cooling area can reduce cooling effect. This could also shorten the alternator service life. Installation
without rubber mounting.
Dimensions

5

Ordering Information
Alternator B0
Order number F02U.V02.996-01

Actuators | Alternators | 205

Alternator B3 LIN

Outputs of status information via LIN interface
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data

Features >200 A

Regulating voltage

14.4 V default,
up to 16 V via LIN

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)

 4,800 g

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/min

 Clockwise rotation

LIN Protocol

 Steel pulley

LIN Version (LinProtVer)

1.3

LIN Speed

19.2 kbaud

Message ID

0xE9

Frame-content (Variant)

A

HTKN

144°C

GenID

5

 Motorsport optimized LIN1.3 regulator withlatest ASIC technology
The B3 LIN is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator.
It has an optimized hand wound stator winding (3phase triangle), high current diodes (special Zener
diode chips from Bosch production to retain loaddumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with impregnated winding.
The LIN regulator (special Bosch developed ASIC)
controls the alternator output voltage at B+ connection. The main benefit of this alternator is the highpower output in a small low weight package. Furthermore, it is optimized concerning vibration endurance.

LIN Protocol Rx-Frame
Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

1

0 to 5

Voltage set value

Value from 10.6 V
to 16.0 V

20 to 3LR ramp time

Value from 0 %to 100 %2

4 to 7

LR cut-off speed

Value from 2.400 rpm
to 8.000 rpm

3

0 to 4

Excitation current
limit

Value 2 A to 7.7 A

Application
Application>200 A at 7,000 rpm/85°C

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

4

0 to 2

DataSelect Tx3/
Byte4

Values see TCD

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

4

3

Blindzone

3.1 % or 12.6 %4

4 to 6

Value from -16 to +12

Rotating direction

Clockwise

HT cut-off threshhold

4

7Parameter set

Normal or [w/o battery]

Fixed frequency regulation with pulse width modulation
Stand-by-mode
High side output stage with defined ramp steepness and FET as
freewheeling „diode“
Emergency start at default mode
Adjustable set values via LIN interface

LIN Protocol Tx-Frame 1
Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

10

Flag HAT cut-off

no HT cut-off /HT cut-off

5

206 | Actuators | Alternators

5

Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

1

1

Flag MechanicalstatusAlternator running /Alternator stopped

1

2

Flag Electrical error

not set / set

1

3 to 7

Duty cycle

Value from 0 %to 100 %2

0 to 5

Excitation current
limit

Value from 0 A
to 7.75 A

2

6Flag Communication
error

Com. Ok /Com.-Error

2

7

Fleg Timeout

no Timeout / Timeout

LIN Protocol Tx-Frame 2
Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

1

0 to 2

Alternator Manufacturer ID

Value "Bosch"1

3 to 7

Alternator ID

Application specific20 to 2Chip Manufacturer
ID

Application specific2

3 to 7

Chip ID

Application specificCharacteristic
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 85°C

3,000

14

4,000

118

5,000

165

Typical lifetime before service: max. 6,000 km / 30 h

6,000

189

7,000

200

8,000

200

For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program.

9,000

200

10,000200

11,000200

12,000200

14,000200

16,000200

18,000200

Installation Notes

Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case.
Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistanceconnection to vehicle ground.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current,
but this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroyingof rectifier diodes.
Ordering Information
Alternator B3 LIN
Order number F02U.V02.950-01

Actuators | Alternators | 207

Dimensions

5208 | Actuators | Alternators

EMV
C3

LIN

LIN
Master

EMV
U

C1

EMC -circuit
B+

KL 15

B+
C2

5

DF

G

Regulator -IC

V
B-

Housing
SystemSchematic Diagram

Generator

ElectricalActuators | Alternators | 209

Alternator B5

Tightening torque at B+

15 Nm

Electrical Data
Regulating voltage

14.4 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)External

Cut-in-speed

1,400 x 1/min

Characteristic

Features >150 A

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 80°C

2,000

75

4,000

114

6,000

123

8,000

125

10,000126

12,000127

13,000127.5

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

 5,600 g
 Clockwise rotation
 Steel pulley Multifunctional regulator
The B5 alternator is typical for Cup racecars. Robustness increase for motorsport use. Free-running pulley for reduction of wear.
The multifunctional regulator with special developed
ASIC by Bosch controls the output voltage at B+ connection.
Three-arm design allows the use of a clamping arm.
Application
Application>122 A at 6,000 rpm/80°C

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Rotating direction

ClockwiseTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast Aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

5.6 kgMax. rotations

13,000 x 1/min

Installation Notes

2

Moment of inertia

26 kg*cm

Outer diameter w/o screw

156 mmLength w/o pulley

172 mmBattery B+ connection

M8

Typical lifetime before service: max. 6,000 km / 30 h
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program.

5

210 | Actuators | Alternators

Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case.
Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistanceconnection to vehicle ground.
Dimensions

5

Ordering Information
Alternator B5
Order number F02U.V01.747-03

Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body | 211

Electronic Throttle Body

54 mm
60 mm
68 mm
82 mm
Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Features

Installation Notes

 Many bore diameters available

For correct mounting please respect the hints on the next page
“Mounting position”.

 Throttle position sensor is redundant For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG

The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

 Idle default position

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

The throttle body is designed to control the fresh airof spark ignition engines in combination with anelectronic throttle control system. ETB applications
with flex-fuel, CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following components: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal
module and electronic control unit.
You will find the available bore diameters in the variations table.

Max. vibration-40 to 140°C
2

50 to 250 m/s at 50 Hz to 2
kHz

Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
Order number 0280.750.148
Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
Order number 0280.750.149
Electronic Throttle Body 44 mm
Order number 0280.750.137

Electronic Throttle Body 50 mm
Order number 0280.Y05.107-10
Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Order number F02U.V01.184-01
Electronic Throttle Body 54 mm
Order number 0280.750.150

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Available bore diameters

All ETBs have an idle air position.

Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
Order number F02U.V01.171-01

Application
Temperature range

Two redundant sensors control the up to date throttle position.

32 mm
40 mm
44 mm
46 mm
50 mm
52 mm

Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Order number 0280.750.151
Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
Order number 0280.750.156
Electronic Throttle Body 82 mm
Order number 0280.750.101

5212 | Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Dimensions
Mounting position

5

Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body | 213

Variations
Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Body 32 mm

Body 40 mm

Body 44 mm

Body 46 mm

Body 50 mm

Bore Diameter (mm)Connector

32
D261.205.358-01

40
D261.205.358-01

44
D261.205.358-01

46
D261.205.356-01

50
D261.205.358-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 DPin 5 E

Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2

Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Flange diameter (mm)

40

50

50

58

58

Hole circle diameter(mm)50 x 5050 x 5050 x 5053 x 53

53 x 53

Weight (kg)Max. air flow rate*

0.9
394 kg/h at 85° angle

0.9
695 kg/h at 85° angle

0.9
not specified

0.95
978 kg/h at 85° angle

0.95
not specified

Opening direction**counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Body 52 mm

Body 54 mm

Body 60 mm

Body 68 mm

Body 82 mm

Bore Diameter (mm)

52

54

60

68

82

Connector
Pin 1 A

D261.205.356-01
Poti 1

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Motor -

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 D

Poti 2Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Pin 5 E
Pin 6 F

Motor +
Poti +

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Flange diameter (mm)

58

70

68.5

75

90

Hole circle diameter (mm)53 x 53

60 x 60

60 x 60

65 x 65

75 x 75

Weight (kg)

0.95

0.95

0.95

1.1

1.1

Max. air flow rate*
Opening direction***ambient conditions:

not specified
not specified
counterclockwise
counterclockwise
Air pressure : 1,000 mbar
Differential pressure Δp: 600 mbar ± 25 mbar
Rel. humidity rF: 40 %not specified
counterclockwise

not specified
counterclockwise

not specified
counterclockwise

Air temperature T: 24°C**Opening direction is related to view. See drawing on bottom of chapter "Dimensions".

5

214 | Actuators | Wiper Motor

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Mechanical Data
Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wipe cycles/min

Depending on wipe angle

Max. wipe angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gMax. vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1
in combination with silentblocks (see www.boschmotorsport.com)

5Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

LIN Protocol

 Analog and LIN versions available

LIN Version

2.0

 Optimized hardware for motorsport applications

LIN Speed

19.2 kbaud

Message ID

0x31

 Customer specific calibration of wiping angles
and speed

BYTE 0 Value

0

0

Kl. X

Kl. 15Counter

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 1 Value

SPD2

SPD1

INT

SST

INT Mode

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 2 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 3 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 4 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 5 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing movements instead of rotating 360° like a
conventional wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed
by integrated control electronics. The user is able tocontrol the desired operating mode simply byswitching its analog inputs to ground (Analog version) or via LIN (LIN version). The gear, the motor
and the electronics are all installed in the same
housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears andthe possibility of programming the operating speed
and end positions of all its function modes, upon request.
Application
Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
WDA Analog Operating modes

WDA LIN Operating modes

•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2

•
•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2Single stroke

Byte

Bit

SignalExplanation

Values[dez]

0

0 to 3

Counter

The counter has to be
increased with each
LIN-message

0 to 15

0

4

Kl. 15

Clamp 15 Bit has to
be enabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

0

5

Kl. X

Clamp X Bit has to beenabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

Actuators | Wiper Motor | 215

1

1

0 to 3

4

INT
Mode

Interval
speed:
1=1
2=5
3=9
4=13

Installation Notes

Single stroke operation mode (enabled
once if Bit is set temporary)

ON=1
OFF=0

The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs
between ground and voltage supply.

Interval Mode (enabled if operation
mode interval is set)

SST

1

5

INT

Operation mode interval

ON=1
OFF=0

1

6

SPD1

Operation mode
speed 1

ON=1
OFF=0

1

7

SPD2

Operation mode
speed 2

ON=1
OFF=0

STOP

Operation mode stopis enabled if SST, INT,
SPD1 and SPD2 are
OFF (default)

Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 1 year
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program

The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Masterfunction. Further information about the LIN-Frame available uponrequest.
Make sure that the wiper is in its workspace when restarting after a
power failure (upper and lower limit).
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.
The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.

Connectors and Wires

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Mating connector

F02U.B00.542-01

LIN ID 0x32 (Tx) is used for internal WDA diacnostic porpouses.
Make sure that the LIN ID 0x32 is not used in your LIN network by
any other device.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Delivery Status

Pinout Analog
Pin 1

AN2

Pin 2

AN1

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

The motor will be delivered with three mounting screws. The
screws are pre-assembled with a few thread turns.
• Self-tapping screw referred to DIN 7500
• PE M6x20• Maximum tightening torque: 8 Nm
Ordering Information

Pinout LIN
Pin 1

LIN

Pin 2

Special functions, e.g. Master/Slave

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

WDA LIN
Order number F02U.V00.838-04
WDA Analog
Order number F02U.V00.938-03
Accessories
Silentblock
Order number F02U.003.027-01

5216 | Actuators | Wiper Motor

Dimensions

5

Actuators | Wiper Motor | 217

5218 | Actuators | Wiper Motor5

Sensors

6

Air Pressure

220

Fluid Pressure

227

Knock

240

Lambda247

Pressure & Temperature

257

Rotary Position

268

Speed

270

Steering Wheel Angle

287

Temperature

289

Vehicle Dynamics

302

220 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Overview

6

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N• Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar
or 0.2 to 2.5 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 20 g

• Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 21 g

• Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar• Response time: 0.1 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 11 to 16 V
• Weight: 21 g

Sensors | Air Pressure | 221

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-4.8 mV

30.4 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Dat
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Features Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar
 Response time: 1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 20 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to
1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar

Application
Application

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Technical Specifications
Variations
PS-AA (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PS-AA (0.2 to 2.50
bar)Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.016 bar± 0.034 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %± 1.48 %6

222 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Expansion of Tolerance

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

RB-COMP 1.1a/3P/Kod.1

Mating connector

D261.205.366-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Safety Note

Pin 3

Sig

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
The PS-AA is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.
Dimensions

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

0.1 to 1.15 bar
Order number 0261.230.216
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

0.2 to 2.5 bar
Order number 0261.230.284

Sensors | Air Pressure | 223

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.030 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.07 %Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVTolerance

Features Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar
 Response time: 1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 21 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and an electronic for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 bar

Connectors and Wires

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Connector

RB-COMP 1.1a/3P/Kod.1

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Mating connector

D261.205.366-01

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Pin 1

US

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Pin 2

Gnd

Technical Specifications

Pin 3

Sig

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

21 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Installation Notes
The PS-AS is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

6224 | Sensors | Air Pressure

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.

To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

6

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS
Order number 0281.002.996

Dimensions

Sensors | Air Pressure | 225

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Electrical Data
Power supply US

11 to 16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.7 V

Typical current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1.0 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS)± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %Sensitivity

4,041.62 mV/bar

Offset-4.16 mV

Tolerance

6

Features Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar
 Response time: 0.1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 11 to 16 V

Expansion of Tolerance Weight: 21 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronics for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is analog.
Application
Application

0.1 to 1.15 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Connectors and Wires

Max. pressure

5 bar

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C-40 to 125°C

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Media temp. range
Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Pin

Function

Wire color

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

1

US

WHT/ORG

2

Gnd

WHT/BLU

3

Sig

WHT

4

-

5

-

Max. vibration

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

2 x #4-40 screws

Fitting

Flat O-ring boss

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Weight w/o wire

21 g

SleeveDR-25

O-ring 4.5 x 1.5 mm

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

64.5 cm

Sealing226 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The PSA-N is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau 02 ms) is recommended.

EMC Requirement

UNECE10

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).

Ordering Information

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Surface finish of the mounting surface should not exceed 0.8 micro meters RMS.

Order number F02U.V0U.197-03

AS terminatedPressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Surface flatness tolerance at sensor mount interface must not exceed +/- 0.025 mm after sensor is torqued in place.

Flying Lead
Order number F02U.V0U.197-90

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Dimensions

TOP

42.02

20.32

10.16

34.40

1000

2.50

8.57

13.34

27.94

2
10.16

6

Fullfilled Legal Standards/Legal Requirements

VITON O-RING
1.5 CS 4.5 ID

3.18

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 227

Overview

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-10Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-260

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSMSA

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-10• Application: 0 to 10 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms (5 V
Variant) or 1 ms (12 V Variant)• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 or 12 V
• Weight: 45 g

• Application: 0 to 260 bar• Response time: 2 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 35 g

• Application: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10,
20, 35, 60, 70, 100, 200,
350, 700 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 8 to 30 V
• Weight: 13 g

• Application: 1 to 11 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 45 g

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-140/260/420/600• Application: 0 to 250 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms• Pressure reference type: Relative• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 45 g

• Application: 0 to 140, 260,
420, 600 bar• Response time: 2 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 35 g

6

228 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Technical Specifications
Variations

6

PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

9 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0 to 5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

500 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

0 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Sig

Pin 4

US

-

Pin 5

-

-

Features

Mechanical Data Application: 0 to 10 bar

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 8.1 x 1.6 mm

 Response time: 1.5 ms (5 V Variant) or 1 ms (12V Variant) Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 5 or 12 V

Electrical Data

 Weight: 45 g

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor
is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low price.
Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Application

0 to 10 bar (a)Connectors and Wires

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Max. pressure

20 bar
-40 to 125°C

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Operating temp. range
Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

SleeveDR-25

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 229

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Ordering Information

Each mounting orientation is possible.

4.75 to 5.25 V

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Order number F02U.V01.268-01

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Dimensions

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

9 to 30 V
Order number F02U.V01.295-01

M10x1

6

9.5
12

11
12

230 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-260

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

Features

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15.38 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Application: 0 to 260 bar
 Response time: 2 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolut

Connectors and Wires Power supply: 5 V

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

 Weight: 35 g

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolute pressure in gasoline direct injection applications. This sensor is also compatible with other kindof fluids e.g. Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil orbrake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve
high accuracy pressure measurements. The stainlesssteel measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure
ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independent measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its wide measurement range and its robust andcompact design.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
SleeveDR-25

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Installation Notes

Application

The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units.
Please consider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Max. vibration

The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

2

560 m/s at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

Please consider using the adapter F02U.002.711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 231

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F02U.V00.990-03
Accessories
Adapter
Order number F02U.002.711-01

Dimensions

6

Sensor

Adapter

232 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSMSA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Housing

Stainless steel

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

11 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Weight13 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

6

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic

Features Application: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20, 35, 60, 70, 100,
200, 350, 700 bar
 Response time: 1 ms

Compensated range

20 to 120°C

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 %FSO/100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar
or 150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

 Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 8 to 30 V
 Weight: 13 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as aforce collector. The force is transferred to a solidstate piezo-resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of noncompressible silicone oil. The
housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU603-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-05SC-HE

F02U.000.208-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Application

Pin 3

Sig

Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Pressure reference typeabsolute

SleeveViton

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The PSM-SA can be connected directly to most control units.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 233

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Ordering Information

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

100 % relative humidity is possible.

Order number F02U.V01.946-01

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

0 to 3.5 bar

0 to 6 bar
Order number F02U.V01.947-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 10 bar
Order number F02U.V01.948-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 20 bar
Order number F02U.V01.949-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 35 bar
Order number F02U.V01.950-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 60 bar
Order number F02U.V01.951-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 70 bar
Order number F02U.V01.724-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 100 bar
Order number F02U.V01.952-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 200 bar
Order number F02U.V01.953-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 350 bar
Order number F02U.V01.954-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 700 bar
Order number F02U.V02.064-01

Dimensions

6

234 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

6

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5 V

Offset

100 mV at US=5 V

Connectors and Wires Application: 1 to 11 bar
 Response time: 1.5 ms

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

 Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 45 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique. These are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low price.
Application

Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

1 to 11 bar (a)The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Safety Note

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
HzThe sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Order number B261.209.341-01

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

Ordering Information

M10x1

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 235

Dimensions

6236 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

Features Application: 0 to 250 bar
 Response time: 1.5 ms

Response time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Connectors and Wires Pressure reference type: Relative

Connector

Bosch Compact

 Power supply: 5 V

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.339-01

 Weight: 45 g

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of
media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g.
Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oilor air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low priceInstallation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Application
Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

500 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
HzEach mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 237

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R

4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B261.209.965-01

Dimensions

6

238 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-140/260/420/600

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS

-140

-260

-420

-600

Application (bar) 0 to

140

260

420

600

Max. pressure (bar)

180

320

560

660

Sensitivity at US = 5 V(mV/bar)

28.57

15.38

9.52

6.67

Mechanical Data

6

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 ± 2 Nm in aluminum
32.5 ± 2.5 Nm in steel

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric Application: 0 to 140, 260, 420, 600 bar

Current IS

12 mA

 Response time: 2 ms

Characteristic

 Pressure reference type: Absolut

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

Please see Variations

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Features Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 35 g
The PSS is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications.
This sensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g. Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brakefluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve
high accuracy pressure measurements. The stainlesssteel measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure
ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independent measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its wide measurement range and its robust andcompact design.
Application
Application and max. pressure

Please see Variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Operating and media temp.
range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s² at 1,350 to 2,000 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.366-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The PSS- can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F02U.002.711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 239

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Safety Note

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0261.545.040

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140
Order number 0261.545.053

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-420
Order number 0261.545.136
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-600
Order number 0261.B23.789-06
Accessories
Adapter
Order number F02U.002.711-01

Dimensions

Sensor

Adapter6240 | Sensors | Knock

Overview

6Knock Sensor KS4-P

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Knock Sensor KS4-R2• Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz• Weight: 48 g
• Height sensor head: 18 mm• Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz• Weight: 82 g
• Height sensor head: 18 mm• Frequency: 3 to 30 kHz• Weight: 60 g
• Height sensor head: 14 mm

Sensors | Knock | 241

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP X9K

Electrical Data

Features

Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency

30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires

 Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz

Mating connector 2-pole

2-Pin RB-Kp.1(F02U.B00.966-01)
or
2-Pin Jetronic(D261.205.288-01)

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

 Weight: 48 g
 Height sensor head: 18 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector
directly to the sensor.

Installation Notes
The KS4-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Safety Note

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Mechanical Data

Mating Connector: 2-Pin RB-Kp.1

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Order number 0261.231.173

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Order number 0261.231.188

Mating Connector: 2-Pin Jetronic

6242 | Sensors | Knock

Dimensions

6

Sensors | Knock | 243

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Protection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

28.8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires
Features Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz

Connector

A 261 230 252

Mating connector 2-pole

2-Pin RB-Kp.1(D261.205.337-01), L=530
mm
or
2-Pin RB-Kp.3(F02U.B00.967-01), L=400
mm

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

SleevePUR

Wire size

0.5 mm2

Wire length L

See Ordering Information

 Weight: 82 g
 Height sensor head: 18 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. Connection to thissensor can be tailored to customer requirements
through specified wire lengths and various connector
options.
Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Installation Notes
The KS4-R can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Technical Specifications

Safety Note

Mechanical Data

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

6

244 | Sensors | Knock

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS4-R

Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.1, L = 530 mm
Order number 0261.231.218
Knock Sensor KS4-R

Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.3, L = 400 mm
Order number 0261.231.223

Dimensions

6

Sensors | Knock | 245

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

Fixing screw for aluminum

M8x30

Installation torque20 + 5 Nm

Weight w/o Connector

60 gProtection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 30 kHz

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Features Frequency: 3 to 30 kHz
 Weight: 60 g
 Height sensor head: 14 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. This version is an
optimized part for Motorsport applications based ona series application development. Compared to theprevious version, the advantage of this new modification is that this product has an extended frequency
and higher operating temperature rating.
Application
Application

3 to 30 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 0 to 24 kHz≤ 4,000 m/s2 at 5 to 24 kHz(short-term)

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field
Connectors and Wires

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connector

ASX602-03PC-HE

Mating connector
ASX002-03SC-HE

F02U.002.840-01

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

0.5 mm2

Wire length L

150 to 450 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Installation Notes
The KS4-R2 can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control.
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Fixing screw for cast iron

Ratio of frequency and sensitivity

M8x25

6

246 | Sensors | Knock

Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS4-R2
Order number F02U.V01.884-01

Dimensions

6

Sensors | Lambda | 247

Overview

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/
ADV pre Turbo

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 600°C• Thread: M18x1.5• Weight: 120 g• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 820°C• Thread: M18x1.5• Weight: 120 g• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 700°C• Thread: M16x1.5• Weight: 28 g

6

248 | Sensors | Lambda

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations

6

LSU 4.9 with automotive connector
Connector

1928.404.687

Mating connector

D261.205.356-01

Wire length L

95.0 cm

LSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

Features

Connector

AS607-35PN

 Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Mating connector

AS007-35SN

 Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Wire length L

20.0 to 90.0 cm

Mechanical Data Hexagon temperature: 600°C

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

 Thread: M18x1.5
 Weight: 120 g
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range oflambda 0.65 to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a trimming resistor, which
defines the characteristic of the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality
standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

Sensors | Lambda | 249-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

Wire length

Please see variations

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control
units like LT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks
in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any
other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease forlubricating the thread.

Heater Strategy
U
13 V

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

8.5 V
1.5 V

Ordering Information

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Mating connector

Please see variations

With automotive connector

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

Order number 0258.017.025
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

With motorsport connector
Order number B261.209.358-03

6

250 | Sensors | Lambda

Dimensions

6
Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of the mating
thread in the exhaust pipe:
THexagon > 600°C
or TGas > 930°C

Sensors | Lambda | 251

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV
pre Turbo

Exhaust gas temperature (operating)≤ 930°C (≤ 980°C pre Turbo
Version)Max. exhaust gas temperaturefor short time

≤ 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature (operating)≤ 650°C

Max. hexagon temperature forshort time

≤ 700°C

Max. temperature at weldingseam≤ 820°C (pre Turbo Version)Max. temperature difference
between hexagon and weldingseam≤ 330°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250°C

Connector temperature≤ 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

6

Features
Technical Specifications
 Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Mechanical Data Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

 Hexagon temperature: 820°C

Wrench size

22 mm

 Thread: M18x1.5

Tightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data

 Weight: 120 g
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel). A version with a protection tube ofInconel for pre-turbo-(supercharger) mounting isavailable.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU ADV is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range oflambda 0.65 to air makes the LSU ADV capable ofbeing used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges.
The LSU ADV has no trimming resistor inside theconnector what results in just 5 connector pins.
Compared to LSU 4.9, the LSU ADV has a wider
working temperature range.
LSU ADV operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

8.7 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

≤ 80 µA

Switch-on time

≤5s

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8-0.652 ± 0.032 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1-0.018 ± 0.008 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

0.515 ± 0.022 mA

I P [mA]

lambdaU A [V],
v=17

U A [V],v=8-1,38000

0,650

0,048

0,817

-1.11000

0.700

0.332

0.950

-0.88000

0.750

0.574

1.064

-0.65000

0.800

0.816

1.178

-0.47500

0.850

1.000

1.265

-0.37000

0.880

1.111

1.317

252 | Sensors | Lambda

6-0.30000

0.900

1.184

1.351

Connector

1 928 404 669-0.16000

0.950

1.332

1.421

Mating connector

F02U.B00.725-01-0.07600

0.980

1.420

1.462

Pin 1

IP/APE-0.04800

0.990

1.449

1.476

Pin 2

VM/IPN-0.02000

1.000

1.479

1.490

Pin 3

Uh-/H-

0.01167

1.030

1.512

1.506

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

0.03278

1.050

1.534

1.516

Pin 5

nc

0.06444

1.080

1.568

1.532

Pin 6

UN/RE

0.08556

1.100

1.590

1.542

Wire length L

95.0 cm

0.17000

1.180

1.679

1.584

LSU ADV pre Turbo with automotive connector

0.23080

1.260

1.743

1.614

Connector

1254.488.136

0.36000

1.430

1.879

1.678

Mating connector

F02U.B00.937-01

0.40148

1.500

1.922

1.699

Pin 1

IP/APE

0.52000

1.700

2.047

1.758

Pin 2

VM/IPN

0.54740

1.780

2.076

1.771

Pin 3

Uh- / H-0.77000

2.430

2.310

1.881

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

1.40000

5.000

2.973

2.193

Pin 5

UN / RE

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

LSU ADV pre Turbo with motorsport connector

Heater Strategy
Effective heater voltage
UH,effmax. 8 s

12 V

application specific

9V

AS607-35PA

Mating connector

AS007-35SA

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Pin 2

Uh- / H-

Pin 3

IP / APE

Pin 4

VM / IPN

Pin 5

UN / RE

Pin 6

nc

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

1,5 s
max.
ramp rate= 0,3 V /s

Sleeveoperating point
reachedfiber glass / silicone coatedVarious motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Heater power reduced
during condensationwater phase

Installation Notes

1,8 ... 2 V

t=0

0

5

10

15

20

t/s

Pressure Compensation
50∆Ip/Ip / %40

Connector

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV. You’ll find thisunit and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.

p0 = 1013 hPa

30
20

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

10

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

0

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

lambda > 1-10lambda < 1

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.

-20
-30
0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

Connectors and Wires
LSU ADV with automotive connector

2,4
2,2
2,0
1,8
absolute pressure / bar

2,6

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks
in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.

Sensors | Lambda | 253

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any
other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease forlubricating the thread.

Ordering Information

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Order number 0258.027.010

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV

Automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV

Motorsport connector, wire length customer specific (max. 90 cm)
Order number F02U.V01.861-01
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo

Automotive connector, wire length 65 cm
Order number 0258.027.00F
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo

Motorsport connector, wire length 33 cm
Order number F02U.V02.908-02

6

Dimensions

Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

254 | Sensors | Lambda

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

6

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 150°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2 (see Installation
Notes)

Technical Specifications
Variations
Features

Mini-LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

 Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

1928.404.682

Mating connector

D261.205.356-01

 Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Wire length L

950 mm Hexagon temperature: 700°C

Connector

AS607-35PN

 Thread: M16x1.5

Mating connector

AS007-35SN

Wire length L

200 to 1,400 mm

 Weight: 28 g
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is aplanar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Its monotonic output signal in therange of lambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capableof being used as a universal sensor for lambda = 1
measurement as well as for lean and rich ranges.
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The
main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact
design in combination with the high Bosch production quality standard. The Mini-LSU is produced andtested in a handmade process.
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in the production lambda sensor. It isconnected over silver coated steel cables to make it
more reliable against vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Mini-LSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Thread

M16x1.5

Wrench size

17 mmTightening torque

60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+(min)

10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency

100 HzNominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 OhmMax. current load for Nernst
cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

I P [mA]

lambdaU A [V], v=17

U A [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

Sensors | Lambda | 255-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

550

703

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

650

686

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

800

665

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

1000

642

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

1200

628

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

2500

567

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Connectors and Wires-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

Wire length

Please see variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control
units like LT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which
does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

Heater Strategy

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

U

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wireupwards).

13 V

11.62 VThe sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.

= 0.15 V/s

7.53 V
1.5 V

Resistance/LSU Temperature
R (Ohm)Temp (°C)

80

1030

150

888

200

840

250

806

300 [operating point]

780

350

761

400

744

450

729

Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not
to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating thethread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be determined by the customer’s individual application.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

6256 | Sensors | Lambda

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

With automotive connector
Order number B258.490.103-30
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

With motorsport connector
Order number F02U.V02.227-02

Dimensions

6

Mounting recommendation

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 257

Overview

Pressure Sensor Combined
PSM-SAT

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 1/PST 3

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 4

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 280 bar• Pressure: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20,
35, 60, 70, 100, 200, 350,
700 bar• Temperature: -40 to 150°C• Power supply: 8 to 32 V
• Weight: 15 g

• Pressure: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or
0.2 to 3 bar• Temperature: -40 to 150°C
or -40 to 140°C• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 24 g

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 350 bar

•
•
•
•

Pressure: 0 to 350 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 36 g

Pressure: 0.4 to 4 bar
Temperature: -40 to 130°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 22 g

Pressure: 0 to 280 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 36 g

6

258 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PSM-SAT

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Weight15 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

6

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic

Features Pressure: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20, 35, 60, 70, 100,
200, 350, 700 bar
 Temperature: -40 to 150°C

Compensated range

20 to 120°C

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 %FSO/100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar
or 150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Temperature sensor RTD

1,000 Ohms Platinum DIN EN
60751
63 % response time: 3 s max.

 Power supply: 8 to 32 V Weight: 15 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air plus temperature.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as aforce collector. The force is transferred to a solidstate piezo-resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of noncompressible silicone oil. The
housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU603-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-05SC-HE

F02U.000.208-01

Pin 1

Power Supply

Pin 2

GroundPin 3

Pressure Signal

Pin 4

Temperature Signal +Pin 5Temperature Signal -Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

SleeveViton

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Mechanical Data

The PSM-SAT can be connected directly to most control units.

Housing

Stainless steel

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 259

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Ordering Information

100 % relative humidity is possible.

0 to 3.5 bar

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Order number F02U.V01.955-02

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

0 to 6 bar
Order number F02U.V01.956-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 10 bar
Order number F02U.V01.980-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 20 bar
Order number F02U.V01.957-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 35 bar
Order number F02U.V01.958-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 60 bar
Order number F02U.V01.962-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 100 bar
Order number F02U.V01.964-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 200 bar
Order number F02U.V01.965-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 350 bar
Order number F02U.V01.966-02
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 700 bar
Order number F02U.V02.065-02

Dimensions

6260 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 1/PST 3

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.016 bar± 0.030 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %± 1.07 %Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,518 mV/bar

Offset-4.76 mV

96.43 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

24 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1
Features Pressure: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar Temperature: -40 to 150°C or -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 24 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines plus temperature.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to
1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar).

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,895

10

3,791

Application

20

2,499

Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar
(a)

25

2,056

30

1,706

Application 2-40 to 130°C

40

1,174

Reference

Absolute

50

833.8

Max. pressure

5 bar

60

595.4

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C

70

435.6

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

80

322.5

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

90

243.1

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

100

186.6

110

144.2

120

112.7

130

89.28

Technical Specifications
Variations
PST 1 (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PST 3 (0.2 to 3 bar)Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 261

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar

Pin 2

Temperature Signal

Pin 3Power Supply

Pin 4

Pressure Signal

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
The PST 1/PST 3 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98,
M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.

Tolerance 0.2 to 3 bar

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Expansion of Tolerance

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1

Connectors and Wires

0.1 to 1.15 bar

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D261.205.360-01

Pin 1

GroundDimensions

Order number 0261.230.333
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 3

0.2 to 3 bar
Order number 0261.230.280

6262 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 4

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.386 to 4.5 V

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

6

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

0.042 barSensitivity

1,143 mV/bar

Offset-71.43 mV

Characteristic 2

Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,895

 Pressure: 0.4 to 4 bar

10

3,791

 Temperature: -40 to 130°C

20

2,499

25

2,056

30

1,706

40

1,174

50

833.8

60

595.4

70

435.6

80

322.5

90

243.1

100

186.6

110

144.2

 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 22 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines plus temperature.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Application
Application 1

0.4 to 4 bar (a)

120

112.7

Application 2-40 to 130°C

130

89.28

Reference

Absolute

Tolerance

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6 + Washer

Weight without wire

22 g

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 263

Expansion of Tolerance

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D261.205.360-01

Pin 1

GroundPin 2

Temperature Signal

Pin 3Power Supply

Pin 4

Pressure Signal

Installation Notes
The PST 4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.
Dimensions

6
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4
Order number 0261.230.423

264 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 280 bar

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque37.5 ± 2.5 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V (18 V for max. 1 h)

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

Features Pressure: 0 to 280 bar

Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (responsetime of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity at US = 5 V

14.3 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Temperature: -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 36 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection systems.
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion of a steel diaphragm, where strain gauges areplaced to a Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal
is proportional to the pressure and is processed in
an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an
NTC thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its
compact design and the integration of two functions(temperature and pressure measurements) in a common housing.
Application

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

243,241-30

135,753-20

78,716-10

47,258029,287

10

18,68420

12,24025

10,000

30

8,218

40

5,642

Application 1

0 to 280 bar

50

3,955

Reference

Absolute

60

2,826

Max. pressure

340 bar70

2,055

Application 2-40 to 140°C

80

1,519

Resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm

90

1,141Operating temp. range-40 to 140°C

100

868.4

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C

110

669.9

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

120

523.2

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

130

413.3

2

140

330.0

Max. vibration

210 m/s RMS at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 RMS at 1,350 to 2,000HzSensors | Pressure & Temperature | 265

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Connectors and Wires

Safety Note

Connector

Hirschmann

Mating connector

F02U.B00.596-01

Pin 1

GroundThe sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Pin 2

Pressure Signal

Ordering Information

Pin 3

Temperature Signal

Pin 4Power Supply

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Dimensions

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar
Order number 0261.545.115

6

266 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 350 bar

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque37.5 ± 2.5 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data

6

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V (18 V for max. 1 h)

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

Features Pressure: 0 to 350 bar

Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (responsetime of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity at US = 5 V

11.43 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Temperature: -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 36 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection systems
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion of a steel diaphragm, where strain gauges areplaced to a Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal
is proportional to the pressure and is processed in
an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an
NTC thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its
compact design and the integration of two functions(temperature and pressure measurements) in a common housing.
Application

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

44,864-30

25,524-20

15,067

-10

9,195

0

5,784

10

3,740

20

2,480

25

2,038

30

1,683

40

1,167

Application 1

0 to 350 bar

50

825

Reference

Absolute

60594Max. pressure

390 bar

70434,9Application 2-40 to 140°C

80

323,4

Resistance at 25°C

2 kOhm90

244

Operating temp. range-40 to 140°C

100

186,6

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C

110

144,5

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

120

113,3

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

130

89,8

2

140

71,9

Max. vibration

210 m/s RMS at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 RMS at 1,350 to 2,000HzSensors | Pressure & Temperature | 267

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Connectors and Wires

Safety Note

Connector

Bosch Trapezoid

Mating connector

F02U.B00.751-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Temperature Signal

Pin 3

GroundPin 4

Pressure Signal

Pin 5Power Supply

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Dimensions

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar
Order number 0261.B35.596-01

6

268 | Sensors | Rotary Position

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 ± 0.5 V regulated

Max. overvoltage

24 V

Half voltage tolerance± 2°

Supply current< 12.5 mA

Resolution< 0.1°

Output voltage range

Ratiometric analog

Output load

> 10 kOhm

Characteristic

6

Max. rotation speed

600 RPM

Temp. coefficient± 0.008° Rotation/°C
30°C nominal

Direction of rotation

Both

Redundancy

Yes

Features Rotational movement measurement
 Hall effect technology
 Measurement range: 0 to 360° possible
 Analog output 0.2 to 4.8 V
 Dual output, fully redundant possible
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement of throttle position.
The electrical circuit is designed with a magnetic
rotary sensor using a Hall element and digital signal
processing; sensor output is ratiometric. The angular
position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated
in the sensor shaft.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall
effect technology and its robust design formotorsport applications which includes fully redundant power and ground.
Application
Application

0 to 360° possible

Operating temperature range

0 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Flying lead and Wires
Red

US 1

Blue

Gnd 1

White

Sig 1

Orange

US 2

Green

Gnd 2

Yellow

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

100 cmInstallation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

Mechanical Data

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Weight w/o wire

< 36 gProtection class

IP58

Mounting

2 x M4 screw

Lifetime

5 x 106 operations of ±65°

Housing

AluminumSensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit
are aligned as shown in the offer drawing.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Sensors | Rotary Position | 269

Safety Note

Ordering Information

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Single output, 360° range
Order number F02U.V0U.400-01

Fulfilled Legal Standards/Legal Requirements

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

EMC Requirement

Dual output, 100° range, crossing signals(throttle)

UNECE10

Order number F02U.V0U.401-01
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Dual output, 40° range, second signal 50 % offirst (pedal)
Order number F02U.V0U 402-01
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Dual output, 100° range, second signal 50 % offirst (pedal)
Order number F02U.V0U.403-01

Dimensions

39.37
1000

0.18
4.6

0.50
12.67

0.24
6

0.24
6

0.23
6

+0.0010.125 0+0.03
3.18 0+0.0010.500 0+0.03
12.70 0SUGGESTED
MATING DRIVESENSOR IS AT HALF
VOLTAGE POSITIONWHEN INDENT ON
SHAFT IS ALIGNEDWITH WIRE EXIT
0.20
5

0.69
17.5

0.10
2.5

1.32
33.4

0.70
18

1.00
25.4

0.43
11

0.12
3.15

6

270 | Sensors | Speed

Overview

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAD 90
Di
M
N

6

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤10 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 12 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-EffectP
Mini-HA-P

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P sealed

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 18 mm
Max. vibration: 1,000 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 70 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.2 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.5 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 20 g

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.2 to 1.5 mm
Bore diameter: 16 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 20 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.5 mm
Bore diameter: 10 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 8 g

Sensors | Speed | 271

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAD 90

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Environment
Features Max. frequency: ≤10 kHz

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mm Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm Bore diameter: 11.8 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft
or wheel speed), but it is not a “true power-on”
sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-D 90, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential measuring method. This sensor is a combinationof a high quality production part and robust design
with a small housing.
*: see Installation Notes
Application

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤10 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Installation Notes

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤50 mT

The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edgeof two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of twoteeth.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target
wheel.

6

272 | Sensors | Speed

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Safety Note

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dimensions

660-2 Teeth

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90
Order number F02U.V00.334-01

Sensors | Speed | 273

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HADi

Bore diameter

12 + 0.2 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 16 V (24 V for max. 5 min.)Current IS<20 mA

Power-on time

1 ms

Characteristic
Signal output width forward

37 to 53 μs (45)Signal output width backward

75 to 105 μs (90)

Accuracy (tolerance)±1.5° (for forward direction)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Features Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Signal output width (forward: green, backward: red) Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm

Environment Bore diameter: 12 mm

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
 Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-Di, the magnetic field of the builtin magnet is modulated at the place of the sensors
diff.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the detection of the rotational direction.
Application

Alternative Target Wheel
Target wheel diameter

118 to 370 mm

Width of teeth b1

2.2 to 3.8 mm

Width of gap b2≥4 mm

Depth of teeth h≥4 mm

Target wheel width≥5 mm

Relative magnetic permeability

μ (r) ≥1000

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz forward≤ 6 kHz backward

Connectors and Wires

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Temperature range-40 to 150°C
Open collector for 1 kOhm

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Output circuit
External magnetic fields≤ 100 mT

Pin 1

US

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M5

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

6

274 | Sensors | Speed

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note

Installation Notes
The HA-Di is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge oftrigger wheel teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s
without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the fallingedge of two teeth.

6

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information

Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target
wheel.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 0
Order number F02U.V01.802-01

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 90
Order number F02U.V01.803-01

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Dimensions

Direction of rotation of the target wheel, View A

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 180
Order number F02U.V01.804-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 270
Order number F02U.V01.805-01

Sensors | Speed | 275

660-2 Teeth

276 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAM

Technical Specifications
Variations
Active low with connector / active high with connector
Connector

ASU603-03PN-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-03SN-HE

F02U.000.199-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Active high, without connector

6

Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

 Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz

Tightening torque

6 Nm

 Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm

Electrical Data

Features Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
 Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element with integrated signal conditioning circuit
detects this change and generates a digital output
signal. We offer this sensor with two different typesof output: Active high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 4.2 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Pin layout

Please see Variations

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes

Application

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range- 40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Max. vibration

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

2

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Sensors | Speed | 277

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active low
Order number B261.209.283-01
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active highOrder number B261.209.295-01
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active high, without connector
Order number F02U.V00.627-01

Dimensions

6278 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAN

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/ wire

13 g w/ 254 mm cable lengthand AS connector
28.5 g w/ 1,000 mm cable
length flying lead

Bore diameter

10 mm

Installation depth L2

14 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data

6

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge tooth<4 % (≤ 4.2 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to VS

Connectors and Wires
Features

Sensor AS connector
Connector

ASL606-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL006-05SA-HE

Pin 1

VS

 Bore diameter: 10 mm

Pin 2

GND

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Pin 3SignalPin 4

Not usedPin 5

Not used

Shrink sleeve

DR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

254 mm Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
 Air gap: 0.4 to 1.5 mm

 Weight w/o wire: 8 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
or wheel speed). Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the HA-N, the magnetic
field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A
Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal
conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The HA-N combines a robust sensing element with alightweight aluminum housing that is well suited for
motorsport use. The sensor element used was specifically selected for its resistance to demagnetization at high temperatures and is programmed for an
active low output. This sensor element is approved
for NASCAR competition as a camshaft speed
sensor.
Application
Application

Rotational speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Sensor Flying lead
WHT/ORGVS

WHT/BLU

GND

WHT

SignalShrink sleeve

DR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

1,000 mm

Installation Notes
The HA-N can be directly connected to most control units and data
logging systems.
If a trigger wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function must be tested.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Sensors | Speed | 279

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

Sensor AS connector
Order number F02U.V0U.714-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

Sensor Flying lead
Order number F02U.V0U.714-90

Dimensions

6

Sensor AS connector

Sensor Flying lead

280 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAP

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic

6

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)< 2 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

Features Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

 Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm

Connectors and Wires Bore diameter: 18 mm

Connector

1928.404.227

 Max. vibration: 1,000 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D261.205.335-01

 Weight w/o wire: 70 g

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element with integrated signal conditioning circuit
detects this change and generates a digital output
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing.

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHzPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Safety Note

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output type

Active low

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P
Order number 0232.103.037

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

70 g

Sensors | Speed | 281

Dimensions

660-2 Teeth

282 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

1234.482.092

Mating connector

ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

US

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

6

Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Features Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
 Air gap: 0.2 to 1.0 mm
 Bore diameter: 11.5 mm
 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

 Weight w/o wire: 20 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning
circuit detects this change and generates a digital
output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Application

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTThe Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Sensors | Speed | 283

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Ordering Information

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Connector ASL606-05PC-HE

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P
Order number F02U.V00.564-02
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P

Connector 1 234 482 092
Order number F02U.V00.566-02

Dimensions

6284 | Sensors | Speed

660-2 Teeth

Sensors | Speed | 285

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL006-05SC-HE
F02U.000.228-01

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Wire length L

10 - 27 cm

27 cm

Mechanical Data

FeaturesWeight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

16 mm

Installation depth L2

12 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
 Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Power supply

5 to 18 V

 Air gap: 0.2 to 1.5 mm

Current IS

10 mA

 Bore diameter: 16 mm

Characteristic

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz) Weight w/o wire: 20 g

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and arobust design with a very small housing.
Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

6

286 | Sensors | Speed

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Ordering Information

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Connector ASL606-05PC-HE

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Dimensions

6

+0.1

60-2 Teeth

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini HA-P sealed
Order number F02U.V00.500-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini HA-P sealed

Without connector
Order number F02U.V00.570-01

Sensors | Steering Wheel Angle | 287

Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
LWS

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 16 V

Max input current< 150 mA

CAN speed

500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x2B0 LWS_Standard
Byte

Value / Bit
7/6/5/4/3

2

1

0

TRIM

CAL

OK

7/6/5/4/3

2

1

0

0

Reserved

CCW

1

Reserved0

LWS_ANGLE1

LWS_ANGLE2

LWS_SPEED

3

Reserved

4

Reserved

CAN ID 02 0x7C0 LWS_Config
Byte

Features

Value / Bit

 Steering Wheel Angle: ± 780°

Truth Table Angular Speed: 0 to 1,016°/s

TRIM

OK

CAL

ANGLE

SPEED

Sensor state

1

1

1

Value

Value

Sensor is calibrated and sensor in- 500 kbaud CAN-output

formation is valid.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement and angular speed, e.g. steering wheel angle
and steering wheel speed.
In order to achieve this, the sensor is using the giant
magneto resistive (GMR) effect. The detection of theabsolute angle is realized by means of toothed measuring gears with different ratio including small magnets. Corresponding GMR elements that change theirelectrical resistance according to the magnetic field
direction detects the angle position of the measuring
gears.
The measured voltages are A/D converted and a microcontroller performs the angle calculations. The
steering angle and the steering angle speed areprovided on a CAN-interface.

Application
Steering wheel angle± 780°

Angular speed

0 to 1,016°/s

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications

1

1

0

7FFFh

Value

Sensor is not calibrated, speed information is valid.

1

0

0

7FFFh

FFh

Sensor is in failure mode, sensor information is not valid.

0

0

0

7FFFh

FFH

Sensor is in failure mode, sensor information is not valid.

Other combinations for TRIM, OK and CAL are notvalid.
Signal Overview
OK

Failure status

1

Sensor information valid0

Sensor information invalid, an internal sensor fault occurred

CAL

Calibration status

1

Sensor calibrated

0

Sensor not calibrated

TRIM

Trimming Status

1

Sensor trimmed

0

Sensor not trimmed, this is handled as a sensor failure(OK = 0)Mechanical Data
WeightApprox. 34 g

CCW

Command code wordSize

83 x 60 x 21.35 mm

3h

Sets the signal LWS_Angle to 0°

Protection class

IP5K0

5h

Resets the calibration status of the angle

6288 | Sensors | Steering Wheel Angle

Characteristics

CAN speed

500 kbaud

Steering Wheel Angle

CAN update rate

100 Hz / 10 ms

Measuring range± 780°

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°

Nonlinearity± 2.5°

Hysteresis

0 to 5°

Measuring range

0 to 1,016°/s

Over range limit± 2,500°/s

Absolute physical resolution

4°/sConnectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch 7 pole

Mating connector

F02U.B00.656-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

12 V

Pin 3

CAN High

Pin 4

CAN Low

Pin 5

Not connected

Pin 6

Not connected

Pin 7

Not connected

Dimensions

Housing Size

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.
A zero adjustment is needed before using the sensor for the firsttime. To do so, reset the calibration with CCW = 5h. After resetting
the calibration, a new calibration needs to be started with CCW =3h. The sensor is now newly calibrated and can be used immediately.
Zero the sensor after every assembly.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS
Order number F02U.V02.894-01

CAN Parameters
Byte order

The LWS can be connected directly to most control units and datalogger systems via CAN bus.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Angular Speed

6

Installation Notes

LSB (Intel)

Sensors | Temperature | 289

Overview

Temperature Sensor
NTC M5-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M6-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M8-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M5
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M6 x 1
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-H

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-L

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M8 x 1
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

6

290 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Features Application: -55 to 300°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

30

8,284

 Male thread: M5

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

180

167.6

200

118.5

220

86.08

240

64.08

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact
design and its very short response time.
Application
Application-55 to 300°C

260

48.76

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

280

37.86

Bio fuel compatibility

-

300

29.94

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M5

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire6g

Sensors | Temperature | 291

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kOhm) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Connectors and Wires

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Pin 1

-

Safety Note

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Dimensions

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F02U.V00.510-01

6292 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Features Application: -55 to 300°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

30

8,284

 Male thread: M6 x 1

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact
design and its very short response time.
Application
Application-55 to 300°C

180

167.6

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

190

140.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

200

118.5

210

100.7

Technical Specifications

220

86.08

Mechanical Data

230

74.05

Male thread

M6x1

240

64.08

Wrench size

10 mm

250

55.75

Installation torque

8 Nm

260

48.76

6.5 g

270

42.87

Weight w/o wireSensors | Temperature | 293

280

37.86

Pin 4

-

290

33.59

Pin 5

-

300

29.94

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Dimensions

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.
Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F02U.V00.486-01

6

294 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Features Application: -55 to 300°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

30

8,284

 Male thread: M8 x 1

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust
design and its very short response time.
Application
Application-55 to 300°C

180

167.6

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

190

140.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

200

118.5

210

100.7

Technical Specifications

220

86.08

Mechanical Data

230

74.05

Male thread

M8x1

240

64.08

Wrench size

12 mm

250

55.75

Installation torque

8 Nm

260

48.76

8g

270

42.87

Weight w/o wireSensors | Temperature | 295

280

37.86

290

33.59

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

300

29.94

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Ordering Information

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F02U.V00.509-01

Dimensions

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

6296 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Weight w/o wire

29 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 15 sCharacteristic Application

6

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C

20

2,500

 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C

30

1,707

40

1,175

Features Application: -40 to 130°C

 Male thread: M12 x 1.5

50

834

 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

60

596

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturee.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

25 Nm

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D261.205.288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Sensors | Temperature | 297

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.
www.bosch-motorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0280.130.026

Dimensions

6298 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-H

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 6 %Characteristic

6

Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 15 sCharacteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

60

596

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturee.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

Features Application: -40 to 130°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
 Male thread: M12 x 1.5

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mmConnector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D261.205.337-01

Sensors | Temperature | 299

Pin 1

SIG+

Safety Note

Pin 2

SIG-

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0281.002.170

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Dimensions

6300 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-L

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5%

Characteristic

6

Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 10 sCharacteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

60

596

This sensor is designed to measure air temperaturee.g. in the air box or ambient temperature. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control
units or as a measurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

Features Application: -40 to 130°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
 Male thread: M12 x 1.5

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mechanical Data

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D261.205.288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Sensors | Temperature | 301

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0280.130.039

Dimensions

6302 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Overview

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 Acceleration Sensor
MM5.10-R

6• Application 1: ±163°/s (rollrate/ yaw rate)• Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y
and Z acceleration)• Weight w/o wire: 35 g
• Size: 80 x 56 x 21 mm• Power supply: 7 to 18 V

• Application 1: ±163°/s (rollrate/ yaw rate)• Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y
and Z acceleration)• Weight w/o wire: 28 g
• Size: 34 x 34 x 16.5 mm• Power supply: 7 to 18 V

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 303

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

 Application 1: ±163°/s (roll rate/ yaw rate)

0

Roll rate Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

1
2

 Weight w/o wire: 35 g

Reserved3

 Size: 80 x 56 x 21 mm

4

 Power supply: 7 to 18 V

5

The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physicaleffects of rotational and linear acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring
elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing elements generates a Coriolis force whichchanges the internal capacity of the micro machinedsensing parts. Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element is used to measure the vehicle linear
acceleration in all 3 axis. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of 3 linear and 2 rotational accelerometers and its high speed 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output.

Acc X-axis

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 03 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I

Application
Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Characteristic Application II

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

35 g

Size

80 x 56 x 21 mm

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

6304 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Connectors and Wires

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F02U.B00.435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Mounting position: Connector opposite to driving direction.

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Installation Notes

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Wire with open end (2)6Quantization Acc Y-axis

Red wire

UBat

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Black wire

Gnd

White wire

CANH

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Blue wire

CANL

Connector (3)ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector (3)ASL006-05SC-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

SleeveDR-25

Wire size with open end (2)4 x AWG24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.
Please note:
CAN ID0 0x0170 (Rx) or 0x75 (Rx) is used for synchronizationand configuration of the sensor (SYNC). Make sure that the CAN ID
0x170 (Rx) or 0x75 (Rx) is not used in your CAN network by anyother device.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

Order number F02U.V01.511-02

Bit mask

unsigned

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Wire with open end (2)Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Dimensions

Without wire (1)Order number F02U.V01.511-92
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F02U.V01.512-03

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 305

6

Axis Scheme

306 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10R

Size

34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

6

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

 Application 1: ±163°/s (roll rate/ yaw rate)

0

Roll rate Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

1
2

 Weight w/o wire: 28 g

Reserved3
 Size: 34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

4 Power supply: 7 to 18 V

5

The MM5.10-R was designed to measure the physicaleffects of rotational and linear acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring
elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing elements generates a Coriolis force whichchanges the internal capacity of the micro machinedsensing parts. Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element is used to measure the vehicle lineal
acceleration in all 3 axes. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are thealuminum compact housing, the combination of 3
linear and 2 rotational accelerometers and its highspeed 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output.

Acc X-axis

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 03 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I

Application
Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Technical Specifications

Characteristic Application II

Mechanical Data

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Weight w/o wire

28 g

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 307

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes
Mounting position: Connector opposite to driving direction.

Connector

ASX002-05PA-HE

The MM5.10-R can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Mating connector

ASX602-05SA-HE

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

UBat

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Pin 2

CANH

Pin 3

Not connected

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Gnd

SleeveDR-25

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Dimensions

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.
Please note:
CAN ID0 0x0170 (Rx) is used for synchronization and configuration of the sensor (SYNC). Make sure that the CAN ID 0x170 is not
used in your can network by any other device.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Order number F02U.V02.007-01

6

308 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

6Brake7

Antilock Braking Systems ABS

310

Electronic Brake System EBS

317

310 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

Overview

7

ABS M5 Kit

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup• Suitable for front-wheel, rearwheel and four-wheel drive
vehicles• Suitable for front-wheel, rearwheel and four-wheel drive
vehicles• Generic wiring harness to fit
all engine bay and front footwell locations for the hydraulic module• Same ABS hardware as
standard ABS M5 Kit• Plug & Play ABS M5 Kit for
Porsche 997 Cup and 991
Cup Gen 1 and Gen 2• Tested and developed on
racetracks like Spa and Nordschleife• Detailed installation instruction available at our website• 1 Mbaud CAN

Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS | 311

ABS M5 Kit

Option

Kit 1

Kit 2

Clubsport

Lateral acceleration slip regulation

+

+

-

Corner inside wheel slip reduction regulation

+

+

-

Find more details under Dimensions.
+*: fixed Kit Content+**: Adjustable via Coding Plug+***: Enabled with customer specific calibration
Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit
Serial housing, dust- and dampproof
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector7

2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
Features

2 hydraulic high pressures pumps

 Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles
We developed ABS M5 for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wiring harness is included in the Kit.
The ABS M5 is specifically adapted for motorsportuse. Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle
weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or number of increments canbe calibrated with software free of charge. Pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

2 hydraulic accumulators

3 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Max. working speed

360 km/h = 100 m/s =224 mphPressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid
DOT 5.1 brake fluid

Technical Specifications

Electrical Data

Variations
OptionF02U.V05.2

Kit 1

Kit 2

Clubsport

89-01

90-01

91-01
92-01
93-01
94-01
95-01
96-01

Supply voltage

10 to 16 V
max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W

Power consumption Relay

170 W

Power consumption Electronics

8W

InputsCustomized wiring loom

+

+

-

ABS-Off position optional on
position 1

+

+

-

Selection of ABS maps via
Bosch 12-position switch or via
specified CAN signal

+

+

+*

Motorsport connectors forwheel speed sensors

-

+

-

Flexible CAN terminals

+

+

+**

ABS warning light (MIL)

Downforce depending slip regulation

+***

+***

-

EBD warning light (MIL) if needed

4 active wheel speed DF11i, DF11S or DF11V
Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10
sensor)11 adjustment settings (applicable for OEMs)
ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 1 or Pos. 12)
Outputs

TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR

312 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

7

Content of Kit and Weights

Installation Notes

Hydraulic unit

1,910 g2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Yaw/acceleration sensor

60 g

12 position function switch

50 g

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

50 g/each

Maintenance Interval (brake fluid change, bleeding): 220 h or a maximum of two years.
The load on the hydraulic unit in racing is muchhigher than in pure road operation, therefore werecommend a replacement of the unit after two
years.

ABS warning light (MIL)

50 g

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

ABS M5 Kit 1
Order number F02U.V05.289-01

Clubsport wiring harness

1,540 gABS M5 Kit 2
Order number F02U.V05.290-01

Mounting and vibration-damping boards

80 g

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

212 g

Ordering Information

DF11i, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.291-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11i, 1 Mbaud

Optional Accessories

Order number F02U.V05.292-01

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-02

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-03

DF11S, 500 kbaud

Display DDU 10

F02U.V02.659-02

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F02U.V00.335-03

Order number F02U.V05.293-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.294-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.295-01

Communication

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 1 Mbaud
ABS and Yaw rate sensor

CAN1

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

Order number F02U.V05.296-01

Dimensions
ABS M5 Kit Variations
ABS M5 Kit 2
Kit 2
Specific
Included, withmotorsport connectors

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
1 Mbaud, DF11i
Generic
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
500 kbaud, DF11i
Generic
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
1 Mbaud, DF11S
Generic
Included, with standard
connectors

Wheel speed signal splitter included*

Included*included*included*included*

Fuses
Brake pipe fittings

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

500 kbaud, DF11V
Generic
Not included

1 Mbaud, DF11V
Generic
Not included

included*included*

ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991
Cup Gen 1
Cup Gen 2
Model year 2015
Model year 2017
SpecificSpecific
Included, Porsche specific Included, Porsche specific
DF11S
DF11S
Included, DF11
Included, DF11

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Included
Included

Tpye
Wiring harness
4 wheelspeed sensors
DF11S

ABS M5 Kit 1
Kit 1
Specific
Included, with standard
connectors

Tpye
500 kbaud, DF11S
Wiring harness
Generic
4 wheelspeed sensors
Included, with standard
DF11S
connectors
Wheel speed signal splitter included*
TTL
Fuses
Not included
Brake pipe fittings
Not included*TTL splitter incl. in ABS Hardware, DF11 splitter optional

Included
IncludedBrake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS | 313

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Weight

1,910 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Max. working speed

360 km/h = 100 m/s =224 mphPressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid
DOT 5.1 brake fluid
Electrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16 V
max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W

Power consumption Relay

170 W

Power consumption Electronics

8W

InputsFeatures

4 active wheel speed DF11i, DF11S or DF11V
 Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles
 Generic wiring harness to fit all engine bay andfront foot well locations for the hydraulic module Same ABS hardware as standard ABS M5 Kit
The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is developed for the operation in front-, rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A generic wiring harness is included in the kit. This enables us to provide the kit with a significantly reduced price in comparison to the standard ABS M5
Kit with individual loom.
The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is specifically adapted for
motorsport use. Individual car parameters like e.g.
vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel
circumferences, wheel base or number of increments
can be calibrated with software free of charge.
Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10
sensor)11 adjustment settings
ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 12)
Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR
Content of Kit and Weights
Hydraulic unit

1,910 g2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Yaw/acceleration sensor

60 g

12 position function switch

50 g

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

50 g/each

ABS warning light (MIL)

50 gStandard wiring harness

1,540 gMounting and vibration-damping boards

80 g
212 g

Serial housing, dust- and damp-proof

Mounting board for hydraulicunit

Vibration damped circuit board

Optional Accessories

38 pin connector

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-02

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-03

2 brake circuits (front and rear)

Display DDU 10

F02U.V02.659-02

2 hydraulic high pressures pumps

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F02U.V00.335-03

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit

2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

7

314 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

Communication

Ordering Information

ABS and Yaw rate sensor

CAN1

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

DF11i, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.291-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11i, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.292-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.293-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.294-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.295-01

7

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.296-01

Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS | 315

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup

38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Weight

1,910 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Max. working speed

360 km/h = 100 m/s =224 mphPressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid7

DOT 5.1 brake fluid
Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage

10 to 16 V, max. 24 V for 5 min Plug & Play ABS M5 Kit for Porsche 997 Cup
and 991 Cup Gen 1 and Gen 2

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption pump

230 W

 Tested and developed on racetracks like Spa
and Nordschleife

Power consumption relay

170 W

Power consumption electronics

8W

 Detailed installation instruction available at our
websiteInputs 1 Mbaud CAN

2 brake pressure (front brake circuit, rear brake circuit)

The ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup is a derivative of thesuccessful ABS M5 kit and specifically designed for
Porsche 997 Cup and 991 Cup. A vehicle specificwiring harness is included in the kit. Individual car
parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track,wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or
number of increments can be calibrated with software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch
Motorsport dealer for further information.

4 active wheel speed DF11
Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
12 position function switch:• 11 maps preconfigured• 1 switch position for ABS
function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)CAN channels: see manual

Technical Specifications

Optional Accessories

Variations

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-02

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-03

997 Cup (System
DF11S)

991 Cup (System
DF11i)

4 wheel speed
sensors

Included, Porsche
specific DF11S

Not included, series
sensors fit

Content of Kit

ABS warning light(MIL)

Included

Included (LED type)

Holder for Hydraulic unit

See Variations

4 Wheel speed sensors

See Variations

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Included

Fuses

Not included

Included

Holder for Hydraulicunit

Included, standard

Included, Porsche
specific

Hydraulic unit

2 pressure sensors
MM5.10 acceleration sensor
Vibrations damping board foracceleration sensor

Mechanical Data

12 position function switch

Hydraulic unit

ABS warning light (MIL)

Vibration damped circuit board

Specific wiring harness

See Variations

316 | Brake | Antilock Braking Systems ABS

Brake pipe fittings

See Variations

Fuses

See Variations

Fuse mounting bracket

ABS M5 Kit Porsche 997 Cup
Order number F02U.V05.289-20

Required Content

ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 1

Brake pipes not included, available at Bosch Motorsport dealer

Order number F02U.V05.289-18

Communication
CAN via MSA Box II

7Ordering Information

2015 Model YearABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 2

2017 Model Year
Order number F02U.V05.289-19

Brake | Electronic Brake System EBS | 317

Electronic Brake System EBSElectrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16 V
max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Max. peak at start<165 A

Current consumption Pump

<40 A

Current consumption Relay<16.5 A

Power consumption Electronics<1.5 A

Inputs
1 x PWM Target (Pressure or Torque)
1 x PWM input calliper pressure
1 x CAN1; 500 k or 1 Mb selectable
1 x CAN1 DC (Daisy Chain)
EBS function switch 6 positions via CAN1

7

Outputs
EBS warning light (MIL) via CAN1
Features

EBS diagnostic via CAN1

 Suitable for one axle use

Optional Accessories / Spare Parts

We developed EBS for the operation in electric or
hybrid vehicles on one axle. A vehicle specific wiring
harness can be purchased (vehicle specific definitionis needed).
The EBS is specifically adapted for motorsport use.
Individual car parameters like e.g. brake pads friction can be calibrated with software free of charge.
Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Mounting board for hydraulicunit (recommended)0265.Y5H. 505-01

Pressure sensor PSS-260 (2 required)0261.545.040

Rubber unit Ø 18

2260.306.017

Rubber unit Ø 23

2260.306.016

Communication interface MSA
Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Technical Specifications

Component Weights

Mechanical Data

Hydraulic unit

3,630 gHydraulic unit

2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Serial housing, dust- and damp-proof

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

300 g

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
6 hydraulic valves for inlet/outlet

Pin Configuration

1 separation backup valve

1

1 electric pump motor
1 hydraulic accumulator

160 bar/90 cm3Standard fittings

M12 x 1Size

176 x 144 x 157 mm

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Max. working pressure

130 bar; max. recommended
locking pressure 120 bar

Pressure Medium
DOT 4 brake fluid
DOT 5.1 brake fluid

UB_MR

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

GND_MR318 | Brake | Electronic Brake System EBS

14

CAN1M

35

15

CAN1M-DC

36

P_Target_PWM

16

37

P Caliper PWM in

17

38

GND_ECU

18

Communication

19
20

EBS

CAN1

21

Diagnostics

MSA Box II

22

Installation Notes

23
24

7

25

UB_VR

26

CAN1P

27

CAN1P-DC28

WAU_IN

Legal Restrictions

29
30
31

Maintenance Interval (brake fluid change, bleeding): 220 h or a maximum of two years.
The load on the hydraulic unit in racing is muchhigher than in pure road operation, therefore werecommend a replacement of the unit after one
year.

The sale of this product in Mexico is prohibited.
PWM GndThe use of the system is not permitted in South Korea.

32
33

PWM 5 V

34

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Electronic Brake System EBS
Order number F02U.V02.900-01

Brake | Electronic Brake System EBS | 319

7

320 | Brake | Electronic Brake System EBS

7

Software8

Analysis

322

APIs

324

System Configuration

327

Customer Code Area

328

Simulation329

322 | Software | Analysis

Analysis Tool WinDarab V7

Regression lines, user defined lines
Lap reports and lap based comparisonsReplay offline data in realtime
Advanced Analysis
User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization
User Interface
Flexible display setup and arrangement

8

Features State of the art user interface
 Versatile diagrams

Storable display setup and arrangement
Lap browser
Data Transmission
Direct data input without intermediate hardware
Protection/encryption of logged data files

 Numerous analysis functions
 Customizable mathematical channels and filters Software based license without dongle
WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring andanalyzing of logged data and is specially designed
for motorsport use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry and compare logged data by readingout your data logger. WinDarab V7 features a state of
the art user interface and reads out both engine andchassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version depending on your purpose.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsport engineers.

ASCII import and export
License System
Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 1 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Technical Specifications
Variations

Application

Free

ExpertMax. open files

4

unlimitedMax. measuring data windows2

unlimitedMax. areas in measuring data
windows

4

unlimited

Histogram
3D-diagram

Histogram++Analysisx/y-plot++

Overlay of different laps

Distribution++

Time or distance based analysis

min/max-tables++

Absolute and relative values

Fourier-transformation++

Diagrams
Oscilloscope
X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands

One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)

Software | Analysis | 323

Outing report++

Programming interface (API)

-

Opt.

Lap analysis-+

Flowcharts-+

Instrument panel++

Yearly maintenance is recommended, no components to replace.

User defined physical units++

Ordering Information

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS++

ASCII export++

Available operators for mathchannels.

+, -, *, /, ^,sqr (x), sqrt (x)All

Extras settings/comments-+

Desktop load/save++Telemetry++

Installation Notes

WinDarab Free Version
Order number free download at our homepage
WinDarab Expert
Order number F02U.V01.308-01
Software Options
Software licence COM-API for WinDarab Expert
Order number F02U.V01.682-01
Yearly maintenance
Order number F02U.V01.345-01

8

324 | Software | APIs

Overview

8

COM-API for WinDarab Expert

Data Direct Access API• Gives external tools access to
WinDarab functionalities• Has read access to raw files,
Stream-Logging and Telemetry• Supports USB and FTP datatransfer from logger and USB
sticksSoftware | APIs | 325

COM-API for WinDarab Expert

•
•
•
•

Attaching to or creating new instances of WinDarab Application
Data Domain (opened files and overlays)
Cursor position – View range
Marked/Tagged range

Users can also compile their application as a WinDarab Plugin. This allows custom buttons and menus
on the WinDarab Ribbon. Apart from plugins, applications using COM-API are out of process communication.
COM-API can create new measurement files• A 3rd party application/plugin can use the UserDataFile class tocreate new measurement files with application generated channel data.
• Files created with the new API are written in WinDarab fileformat v2 which is supported since WinDarab v7.6.
• A brief example how to write a file can be found in the BMS2ApiSamples.Net project, see the source in CreateUserDataFile.cs.

Features Gives external tools access to WinDarab functionalities
Using COM-API allows some control over WinDarab:

The application of COM-API requires the Expert-version of WinDarab, it doesn’t work with the Free-version.
Ordering Information
COM-API for WinDarab Expert
Order number F02U.V01.682-01

8

326 | Software | APIs

Data Direct Access API

Application
General Features
Full Flow Control
Telemetry• Online (incl. Support Bosch Cloud Telemetry)• Logging Stream
Access to raw files in Bosch loggers
Supports Multilogging
Environment
PC Hardware• IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz Min.
• 1 GB RAM Min.
• 1 GB free HD disk space• Recommended Operation System Windows 10

8Features

Recommended Development Environment• Microsoft Visual Studio 2019
• .NET Core 3.1 or newer• .NET 4.7.2 or newer

 Has read access to raw files, Stream-Logging
and Telemetry

Technical Specifications

 Supports USB and FTP data transfer from logger and USB sticks

ActiveStreamChangedEventHandler()

The Bosch Data Direct Access API provides access to
the logged data and telemetry data of Bosch
Motorsport data logger devices. It can be included inuser specific applications to monitor and analyse cardata in the most efficient and flexible way.
The Bosch Data Direct Access is a .NET class libraryfor converting measurement data from data logger
devices to an application-defined data format.
The supported source data can be delivered by• Telemetry streams from Bosch loggers• Raw measurement files from Bosch loggers• Supports USB and FTP data transfer from logger and USB stick
Updates for new features are included; single seat licenses are provided and have a runtime of one year.
The Bosch Data Direct Access API is the first moduleof the all-new Bosch Data Management world forreading and writing different types of data in the
Bosch Motorsport data systems.

Functions and classes

BlockReceivedEventHandler()
CarAvailableEventHandler()
DeviceEventEventHandler()
DeviceEventSeverity
DisposedEventHandler()
LapEventHandler()MediaChangeEventHandler()
NotifyEventHandler()
PasswordRequiredHandler()
Installation Notes
Windows examples for several use cases included in delivery
Yearly renew of license necessary
Ordering Information
Data Direct Access API

One License, one seat for one year
Order number F02U.V03.264-01

Software | System Configuration | 327

RaceConParameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use
Technical Specifications
Environment
PC

Features

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz

 An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration

Min. 2 GB RAM

RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport
hardware products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch
Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)

Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Application

Ordering Information

Calibration of ECU maps and curves

RaceCon
Order number free download at our homepage

ECU data file up- and download

8

328 | Software | Customer Code Area

CCA Development Environment

Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Full read access to all Bosch signals
Development Environment with reduced Bosch “unit_blockset”
Real time calibration
Calibration and measurement interface XCP via Ethernet
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all ECUs and VCUs
Free maintenance for the first 12 month, afterwards with costs.
System Requirements
MathWorks Requirements

8
Features Calculation directly in Bosch main device possible
 Communication binding via Software free cuts
 Unlimited bandwidth interfaces One Box Design (compact solution, no extra
weight)We provide the option to run software code on our
ECUs that has been developed by the customer. This
code is run in the customer code area (CCA) and isprotected against access of anyone else. Within
ECUs and VCUs, this feature can be run in parallel to
all further functionality.
We deliver it with a full environment for Matlab/Simulink, a compiled Bosch model as library and apackage of Matlab/Simulink interfaces to all I/Os.
Technical Specifications

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

MATLAB R2018b
Simulink R2018b
MATLAB Coder
Embedded Coder
Simulink CoderStateflow
Compiler for Mathworks
Microsoft Visual C++ 2017

Operating System
•
•
•
•
•
•

Windows 10
Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 Redistributable (x64)
Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Redistributable (x86)
Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Redistributable (x64)
Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0, 3.5.1, 4.8
Microsoft Excel 2016(32bit) or Office365(64bit)

DocGen• basic-miktex-21.2-x64.exe from https://miktex.org/download
Additional (not included)
Multi CCA for VCU
Enables the use of an extra core to utilize more computing powerin the device for running a second customer model
Ordering Information
CCA Development Environment
Order number F02U.V02.370-01

General Functions

Multi CCA Development Environment for VCU
Order number F02U.V03.223-01

Support for generating executables that include algorithm, devicedriver and real-time operating system

CCA Hardware Upgrade per device
Order number F02U.V02.137-01

Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous) tasks, task pre-emption and temporary task overruns

Multi CCA Hardware Upgrade VCU per device
Order number F02U.V03.222-01

Software | Simulation | 329

Simulation Tool LapSim

Application
Data Analysis
Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models. Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differentialfunction, etc.
Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation
model.
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thoroughunderstanding.
By comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Filesand creates automatic database.
Chassis Simulation model

Features

Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.

 Professional Simulation Tool

Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps

 Free / Chassis / Engine Versions available

Ride height dependent suspension kinematics

 Find the Operation Manual here.

Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car Find the Installation Manual here.

(PVI - 3 GHz)

LapSim Chassis
is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, amuch more profound analysis of the vehicle behavior
can be gained. Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle parameters can be validated likeaerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as wellas driver performance. The visualization of thevehicle behavior creates a much easier and better
understanding of the influence of several vehicle
parameters on the performance independent of thetechnical background of the user.
LapSim Engine
supplies an easy to use engine simulation package
capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding ignition curves out of the main parametersof an engine. The model is able to simulate any 4stroke spark ignition (SI) race engine currently seenon the market, with or without air restrictor(s). To
summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95 %accuracy but 5 % the effort of complex engine software packages. The engine software avoids a vast
number of variables in order to define every engine
detail, in order to improve usability as well as computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Automatic set-up optimization
Engine Simulation modelEngine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition
angle
Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor
2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression
ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in
cylinderFully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft,which is integrated to calculate engine torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range
Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Free Version
Order number free download at our homepage
LapSim Chassis License
Order number B261.206.432-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F01T.A20.057-01

8

330 | Software | Simulation

Dimensions

8

A few Screenshots

Software | Simulation | 331

Simulation Packages

Technical Specifications
Recommended Operation System Windows 10, min. Update Version 1803
Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements

Features

CCA S.P.*

Device S.P.*

MATLAB R2018bx

Simulinkx

Real-Time Workshop

xReal-Time Workshop Embedded Coderx

Fixed-Point Toolboxx

Simulink Fixed-Pointx

StateflowxStateflow Coderx

Vehicle Network Toolboxx

Min. PTWinSim 4.09

x

x

x

x

x

x

8

Compiler Simulate Bosch model and Customer model together in the same simulation environment
 Develop Bosch Motorsport control systems(ECU/VCU) in a simulation environment withother plant models (e.g. tire, ABS) Enables use of Bosch models (via PTWinSim) inother simulation environments like rFpro
 Execute your control system faster than realtime on a Windows 10 PC
 Perform real-time analysis on telemetry streams
or other data sources
These simulation packages allow customers that use
Bosch Motorsport control systems to simulate thefunctionality without using the hardware. These
packages enable the user to run Bosch Motorsportand customer code area functions within the PTWinSim® environment.
PTWinSim® provides a framework and supporting
functionality enabling several applications to executein a coherent time frame on a variety of hosts.
Applications ranging from Engine Control Unit code
to vehicle system models with complex control algorithms are simply adapted for the simulation environment. Furthermore, with WinDarab COM API,
Bosch Motorsport customers can use WinDarab datasets as stimuli and logging for their simulated control system.
Device Simulation Runtime provides the runtime licenses to run a Bosch Motorsport simulation package within PTWinSim®. This requires an individual
and project specific simulation software, whichneeds to be ordered separately.
CCA Simulation Package also provides the option forusers of CCA to generate their own simulation software. Device Simulation Runtime is included.

Microsoft Visual Studio,
Version 2017
Application tool
RaceCon 2.7 or later*S.P.: Simulation Package
Ordering Information
CCA Simulation Package

CCA Simulation development target to build andexecute customer code.
Including 1 Device Simulation Runtime licenseand 1 year maintenance.
Order number F02U.V02.893-01
Device Simulation Runtime

Device Simulation Runtime license to execute simulation on a PC and 1 year maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.891-01
CCA Simulation Package Annual Maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.892-01
Device Simulation Runtime Annual Maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.890-01

332 | Software | Simulation

8

More

9

Breakout Boxes

334

Communication Interface

340

Connector Opening Tool

341

Connectors

342

Wiring Harnesses343

334 | More | Breakout Boxes

Overview

9

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors

More | Breakout Boxes | 335

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Weight1,100 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

66

Connectors and Wires
F02U.V02.295-01 code blue
Connector on housing

AS018-35PB

Connector on wire

AS618-35SB

F02U.V02.296-01 code orange
Connector on housing

AS018-35PC

Connector on wire

AS618-35SC

F02U.V02.297-01 code red
Connector on housing

AS018-35PN

Connector on wire

AS618-35SN

F02U.V02.298-01 code yellow

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring
leads

Connector on housing

AS018-35PA

Connector on wire

AS618-35SA

F02U.V02.299-01 code violet(universal)
Connector on housing

AS018-35PU

Connector on wire

AS618-35SU

Wire length L (all) Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version

Ordering Information

 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available

Connector code: orange

Ca. 50 cm

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Order number F02U.V02.296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.297-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: violet (universal use)
Order number F02U.V02.299-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01

Technical Specifications

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Mechanical Data

Order number F02U.V02.298-01

Size

Connector code: yellow
225 x 130 x 35 mm

9

336 | More | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 270 x 50 mm

Weight4,100 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

176

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

USB connectors

2

USB jumper

inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F02U.V02.294-01

Features9 Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use withEngine Control Units MS 6.

More | Breakout Boxes | 337

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
the LIFE connector of Engine Control Units MS 7 andVehicle Control Unit VCU.
Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

9338 | More | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors

9

The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
PowerBox PBX 90.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

255 x 220 x 45 mm

Weight2,400 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

68

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F02U.V02.292-01

More | Breakout Boxes | 339

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
PowerBox PBX 190.
Technical Specifications

9

Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 265 x 50 mm

Weight5,800 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

112

Ethernet connectors

8

Ethernet wire

4 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 4 x 55 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190
Order number F02U.V02.523-01

340 | More | Communication Interface

Com Interface MSA-Box II

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board
mains with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed(480 MBit/sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Connectors and Wires

Features9

Connector
AS612-35PN

F02U.000.441-01

Mating connector
AS012-35SN

F02U.000.258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)

 Communication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface

Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or
CAN interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to
all common PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected
via Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis
interface.

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Ordering Information
Com Interface MSA-Box II
Order number F02U.V00.327-03

More | Connector Opening Tool | 341

Connector Opening Tool for
AS series

Features Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors
The Connector Opening Tool helps you to open connectors of ECUs like MS 7.4.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Material

Stainless steel

Ordering Information
Opening tool for shellsize 16
Order number F02U.V01.393-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01

9342 | More | Connectors

Connectors

Features Bosch Jetronic and Compact connectors inclusive contacts and sealings
 Autosport connectors from Deutsch, Tyco, etc.
 Connectors with 3 to 128 pins
Convenient to the Wiring Harnesses, we have a wide
range of connectors on offer.
From single pin and Bosch series connectors above
TE-connectors to Deutsch-motorsport connectors,
you can choose from a big variation.
You can get from us different Deutsch-motorsport
connectors of the series AS, ASL, ASU, ASX and
ASDD. According to the series, these are 3 to 128pin connectors.
At Bosch connectors you can choose from connectors of the Jetronic or Compact series. Furthermore
you receive convenient contacts and sealings to ourBosch-connectors.
If you are interested, give us a call!

9More | Wiring Harnesses | 343

Customized Wiring Harnesses

Features One-stop-shop for consulting, manufacturing,development and service
 Manufacture of individual pieces and small
batches Use of the highest quality materials
 Full test coverage based on the latest testing
equipment for all products
 The complete package, from a single pin to acomplete wiring harness

Our expertise
Bosch Motorsport specialists have decades of experience in design and manufacture of customized wiring solutions for race cars and prototypes.
Increasing complexity in race cars necessitates ahigh degree of understanding in the electrical architecture of the project. We provide to you the extensive system know-how and the expertise of our specialists.
As a system supplier, we are familiar with the full
spectrum of electronic requirements of the components in a racecar – from high current and highvoltage applications to high-speed data networks.
Our offer
Whether it is complete vehicle wiring, test equipment or a simple adapter – we design, plan, construct and test according to your individual requirements and requests.
If you want to build your wiring yourself, we also offer consulting and development support independently from our manufacturing services.
Give us a call!

9344 | More | Wiring Harnesses

9Appendix

10

General Information

346

Vibration Profiles347

346 | Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport
Please be mindful of the specifications concerning
ESD. Never grab into the connectors. Please follow
the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD
packaging materials).
Service
To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch
Motorsport recommends annual functional testing of
all equipment.

10

Battery
Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries.
Please use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal procedure is followed. Abide by the
maintenance cycle schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport recommends maintenanceonce a year.
Installation
The correct installation extends reliability and durability. Please follow the specifications regarding temperature, humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 347

Sine: 8h/direction
Alteration rate of frequency: 2.4 oct./min

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Effective value aEff

55.4 m/s2

Acceleration peak (m/s2)

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,000

60
Sine

Accelera on peak (m/s²)

1000

Broadband noise
Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Frequency (Hz)

100

10

100,0

100

1000

Frequency (Hz)
10,0

1,0

0,1
10

100

Frequency (Hz)

1000

10

348 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2

10Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10.0

50

10.0

66.7

1.0

100

1.0

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Broadband noise: 8h/direction

Broadband noise
100,0

10,0

1,0

0,1

0,0
10

100

Frequency (Hz)1000

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 349

Sine
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.5

500

45.6

1,500

15.3

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Frequency (Hz)Amplitude ofacceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

Amplitude ofoscillation lane (μm)

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125
Sine
1000

100,0

Accelera on peak (m/s²)
Amplitude of Oscilla on (µm)

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Broadband noise

10,0

1,0

0,1
10

100

Frequency (Hz)

100

1000
10
10

100

Frequency (Hz)

1000

10

350 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 4
Sine 80h/direction

10

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s²)

1,445

320

1,515

550

1,550

460

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s²)

1,675

500

135

55

1,710

670

250

132

1,720

690

265

170

1,780

520

300

193

1,810

500

315

46

1,900

500

500

65

1,925

448

555

400

1,975

320

570

400

600

127

815

127

895

356

955

156

1,165

184

1,200

256

1,350

310

1,385

470

1,420

520

Sine
Accelera on peak (m/s²)

1000

100

10
100

1000

Frequency (Hz)Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 351

Shock Profile
Shock: 10 shocks (pos. and neg.) / direction
50gn 6mSec ISO 16750-3
Time (mSec)

Acceleration Density (m/s²)²/Hz

-4

-25

0

-25

3

500

6

-25

10

-25

Accelera on (m/s²)

Shock: 50gn 6mSec
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-4

-2

0

2

4

6

8

10

Time (mSec)

10352 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

10Index | 353

IconsµLC Test System............................................... 135

A
ABS M5 Kit........................................................ 311
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport ....................................... 313
ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup................................... 315
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 ............................ 303
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R ......................... 306
Alternator B0 .................................................... 203
Alternator B3 LIN .............................................. 205
Alternator B5 .................................................... 209
Analysis Tool WinDarab V7................................ 322

B
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole ............................... 335
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 ................................... 336
Breakout Box BOB MS 7 ................................... 337
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190.............................. 339
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90................................ 338

C
CAN Keypad CK-M12........................................... 72
CCA Development Environment ....................... 328
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light............. 77
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO .......... 80
Com Interface MSA-Box II ................................. 340
COM-API for WinDarab Expert .......................... 325
Connector Opening Tool for AS series .............. 341
Connectors ....................................................... 342
Customized Wiring Harnesses........................... 343

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 .......................... 145
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .......................... 148
Fuel Pump FP 165.............................................. 152
Fuel Pump FP 200-7........................................... 154
Fuel Pump FP 200-E........................................... 156

G
General Information ........................................... 346

H
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 ......................................... 158
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW ................................... 160
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 .............................. 199

I
Ignition Coil C90i-E10 ........................................ 165
Ignition Coil C90i-E8 .......................................... 163
Ignition Coil C90i-pro......................................... 167
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo .................................. 169
Ignition Coil C90i-WG ........................................ 171
Ignition Coil P50/P50-M ..................................... 173
Ignition Coil P65 ................................................ 175
Ignition Coil P65-T ............................................. 177
Ignition Coil P65-TWG........................................ 180
Ignition Coil P65-WG.......................................... 182
Ignition Coil P65-WS .......................................... 184
Ignition Coil PS-T ............................................... 186
Ignition Module IM 3.2 ....................................... 189
Ignition Module IM 4 .......................................... 191
Injection Power Stage HPI 5 ................................ 97
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C ....................... 98
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C ..................... 100
Injection Valve EV 14.......................................... 194

D
Data Direct Access API...................................... 326
Data Logger and Sensor Interface C 80 ...... 90, 112
Data Logger C 70 ................................................ 86
Display DDU 10................................................... 66
Display DDU 9..................................................... 63

E
Electronic Brake System EBS............................ 317
Electronic Throttle Body ................................... 211
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport........................ 49
Engine Control Unit MS 6 CUP EVO .................... 13
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 EVO......................... 18
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 EVO......................... 24
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 EVO......................... 29
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 EVO......................... 35
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4P EVO....................... 40
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4 ................................ 46
Expansion Board CAN-FD.................................. 137
Expansion Board Current Loop Interface .......... 138
Expansion Board Digital Outputs ...................... 139F
FPR Adaptor light ............................................. 150
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2 ......................... 143

K
Knock Sensor KS4-P........................................... 241
Knock Sensor KS4-R........................................... 243
Knock Sensor KS4-R2......................................... 245

L
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo ........... 251
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9..................................... 248
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ............................. 254
Lambdatronic LT4 .............................................. 116
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV....................................... 118

PPowerBox PBX 190 ............................................ 107
PowerBox PBX 90 .............................................. 104
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA ................................. 221
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N................................. 225
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS ................................. 223
Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT ................ 258
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1/PST 3 ........... 260
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4...................... 262
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar...... 264
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar...... 266
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 ........................... 228

354 |

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ........................ 230
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA ......................... 232
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .......................... 234
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140/260/420/600... 238
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R ...................... 236

R
RaceCon ........................................................... 327
RaceConnect .................................................... 125
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F ........................... 268

S
Shock Profile .................................................... 351
Simulation Packages......................................... 331
Simulation Tool LapSim.................................... 329
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90 .................... 271
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di ........................ 273
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-M......................... 276
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N ......................... 278
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P.......................... 280
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P .................. 282
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P sealed....... 285
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS.................... 287

T
Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU ............................. 126
Telemetry Modem LTE65-JP ............................. 129
Telemetry Modem LTE65-US............................. 132
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H....................... 298
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L ....................... 300
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 .......................... 296
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS ...................... 290
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS ...................... 292
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS ...................... 294

U
USB_DATA........................................................... 94

V
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4.............................. 52
Vehicle Control Unit MS 50.4P incl. CCA HW Upgrade .................................................................. 56
Vibration Profile 1............................................. 347
Vibration Profile 2............................................. 348
Vibration Profile 3............................................. 349
Vibration Profile 4............................................. 350

W
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter ............................. 121
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA............................... 214

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more infomation please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2022
Modifications reserved.
Bosch Part No. of this catalog: F02U.003.686-08
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on public roads is prohibited.
Please use our products exclusively on closed-course racetracks.